]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
cryptsetup: retry TPM2 unseal operation if it fails with TPM2_RC_PCR_CHANGED
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 253 in spe:
4
5 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
6
7 * systemd-boot now passes its random seed directly to the kernel's RNG
8 via the LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID configuration table, which
9 means the RNG gets seeded very early in boot before userspace has
10 started.
11
12 * systemd-boot will pass a random seed when secure boot is enabled if
13 it can additionally get a random seed from EFI itself, via EFI's RNG
14 protocol or a prior seed in LINUX_EFI_RANDOM_SEED_TABLE_GUID from a
15 preceding bootloader.
16
17 * The random seed stored in ESP is now refreshed whenever
18 systemd-random-seed.service is run.
19
20 * systemd-boot handles various seed inputs using a domain- and
21 field-separated hashing scheme.
22
23 * systemd-boot's 'random-seed-mode' option has been removed. A system
24 token is now always required to be present for random seeds to be
25 used.
26
27 * systemd-stub now processes random seeds in the same way as
28 systemd-boot, in case a unified kernel image is being used from a
29 different bootloader than systemd-boot.
30
31 * bootctl will now generate a system token on all EFI systems, even
32 virtualized ones, and is activated in the case that the system token
33 is missing from either sd-boot and sd-stub booted systems.
34
35 Changes in systemctl:
36
37 * systemctl reboot has dropped support for accepting a positional argument
38 as the argument to reboot(2) syscall. Please use --reboot-argument instead.
39
40 CHANGES WITH 252 🎃:
41
42 Announcements of Future Feature Removals:
43
44 * We intend to remove cgroup v1 support from systemd release after the
45 end of 2023. If you run services that make explicit use of cgroup v1
46 features (i.e. the "legacy hierarchy" with separate hierarchies for
47 each controller), please implement compatibility with cgroup v2 (i.e.
48 the "unified hierarchy") sooner rather than later. Most of Linux
49 userspace has been ported over already.
50
51 * We intend to remove support for split-usr (/usr mounted separately
52 during boot) and unmerged-usr (parallel directories /bin and
53 /usr/bin, /lib and /usr/lib, etc). This will happen in the second
54 half of 2023, in the first release that falls into that time window.
55 For more details, see:
56 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2022-September/048352.html
57
58 Compatibility Breaks:
59
60 * ConditionKernelVersion= checks that use the '=' or '!=' operators
61 will now do simple string comparisons (instead of version comparisons
62 á la stverscmp()). Version comparisons are still done for the
63 ordering operators '<', '>', '<=', '>='. Moreover, if no operator is
64 specified, a shell-style glob match is now done. This creates a minor
65 incompatibility compared to older systemd versions when the '*', '?',
66 '[', ']' characters are used, as these will now match as shell globs
67 instead of literally. Given that kernel version strings typically do
68 not include these characters we expect little breakage through this
69 change.
70
71 * The service manager will now read the SELinux label used for SELinux
72 access checks from the unit file at the time it loads the file.
73 Previously, the label would be read at the moment of the access
74 check, which was problematic since at that time the unit file might
75 already have been updated or removed.
76
77 New Features:
78
79 * systemd-measure is a new tool for calculating and signing expected
80 TPM2 PCR values for a given unified kernel image (UKI) booted via
81 sd-stub. The public key used for the signature and the signed
82 expected PCR information can be embedded inside the UKI. This
83 information can be extracted from the UKI by external tools and code
84 in the image itself and is made available to userspace in the booted
85 kernel.
86
87 systemd-cryptsetup, systemd-cryptenroll, and systemd-creds have been
88 updated to make use of this information if available in the booted
89 kernel: when locking an encrypted volume/credential to the TPM
90 systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-creds will use the public key to bind the
91 volume/credential to any kernel that carries PCR information signed
92 by the same key pair. When unlocking such volumes/credentials
93 systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-creds will use the signature embedded in
94 the booted UKI to gain access.
95
96 Binding TPM-based disk encryption to public keys/signatures of PCR
97 values — instead of literal PCR values — addresses the inherent
98 "brittleness" of traditional PCR-bound TPM disk encryption schemes:
99 disks remain accessible even if the UKI is updated, without any TPM
100 specific preparation during the OS update — as long as each UKI
101 carries the necessary PCR signature information.
102
103 Net effect: if you boot a properly prepared kernel, TPM-bound disk
104 encryption now defaults to be locked to kernels which carry PCR
105 signatures from the same key pair. Example: if a hypothetical distro
106 FooOS prepares its UKIs like this, TPM-based disk encryption is now –
107 by default – bound to only FooOS kernels, and encrypted volumes bound
108 to the TPM cannot be unlocked on kernels from other sources. (But do
109 note this behaviour requires preparation/enabling in the UKI, and of
110 course users can always enroll non-TPM ways to unlock the volume.)
111
112 * systemd-pcrphase is a new tool that is invoked at six places during
113 system runtime, and measures additional words into TPM2 PCR 11, to
114 mark milestones of the boot process. This allows binding access to
115 specific TPM2-encrypted secrets to specific phases of the boot
116 process. (Example: LUKS2 disk encryption key only accessible in the
117 initrd, but not later.)
118
119 Changes in systemd itself, i.e. the manager and units
120
121 * The cpu controller is delegated to user manager units by default, and
122 CPUWeight= settings are applied to the top-level user slice units
123 (app.slice, background.slice, session.slice). This provides a degree
124 of resource isolation between different user services competing for
125 the CPU.
126
127 * Systemd can optionally do a full preset in the "first boot" condition
128 (instead of just enable-only). This behaviour is controlled by the
129 compile-time option -Dfirst-boot-full-preset. Right now it defaults
130 to 'false', but the plan is to switch it to 'true' for the subsequent
131 release.
132
133 * Drop-ins are now allowed for transient units too.
134
135 * Systemd will set the taint flag 'support-ended' if it detects that
136 the OS image is past its end-of-support date. This date is declared
137 in a new /etc/os-release field SUPPORT_END= described below.
138
139 * Two new settings ConditionCredential= and AssertCredential= can be
140 used to skip or fail units if a certain system credential is not
141 provided.
142
143 * ConditionMemory= accepts size suffixes (K, M, G, T, …).
144
145 * DefaultSmackProcessLabel= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
146 specify the SMACK security label to use when not specified in a unit
147 file.
148
149 * DefaultDeviceTimeoutSec= can be used in system.conf and user.conf to
150 specify the default timeout when waiting for device units to
151 activate.
152
153 * C.UTF-8 is used as the default locale if nothing else has been
154 configured.
155
156 * [Condition|Assert]Firmware= have been extended to support certain
157 SMBIOS fields. For example
158
159 ConditionFirmware=smbios-field(board_name = "Custom Board")
160
161 conditionalizes the unit to run only when
162 /sys/class/dmi/id/board_name contains "Custom Board" (without the
163 quotes).
164
165 * ConditionFirstBoot= now correctly evaluates as true only during the
166 boot phase of the first boot. A unit executed later, after booting
167 has completed, will no longer evaluate this condition as true.
168
169 * Socket units will now create sockets in the SELinuxContext= of the
170 associated service unit, if any.
171
172 * Boot phase transitions (start initrd → exit initrd → boot complete →
173 shutdown) will be measured into TPM2 PCR 11, so that secrets can be
174 bound to a specific runtime phase. E.g.: a LUKS encryption key can be
175 unsealed only in the initrd.
176
177 * Service credentials (i.e. SetCredential=/LoadCredential=/…) will now
178 also be provided to ExecStartPre= processes.
179
180 * Various units are now correctly ordered against
181 initrd-switch-root.target where previously a conflict without
182 ordering was configured. A stop job for those units would be queued,
183 but without the ordering it could be executed only after
184 initrd-switch-root.service, leading to units not being restarted in
185 the host system as expected.
186
187 * In order to fully support the IPMI watchdog driver, which has not yet
188 been ported to the new common watchdog device interface,
189 /dev/watchdog0 will be tried first and systemd will silently fallback
190 to /dev/watchdog if it is not found.
191
192 * New watchdog-related D-Bus properties are now published by systemd:
193 WatchdogDevice, WatchdogLastPingTimestamp,
194 WatchdogLastPingTimestampMonotonic.
195
196 * At shutdown, API virtual files systems (proc, sys, etc.) will be
197 unmounted lazily.
198
199 * At shutdown, systemd will now log about processes blocking unmounting
200 of file systems.
201
202 * A new meson build option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' was added to
203 allow disabling system time correction if RTC returns a timestamp far
204 in the future.
205
206 * Propagated restart jobs will no longer be discarded while a unit is
207 activating.
208
209 * PID 1 will now import system credentials from SMBIOS Type 11 fields
210 ("OEM vendor strings"), in addition to qemu_fwcfg. This provides a
211 simple, fast and generic path for supplying credentials to a VM,
212 without involving external tools such as cloud-init/ignition.
213
214 * The CPUWeight= setting of unit files now accepts a new special value
215 "idle", which configures "idle" level scheduling for the unit.
216
217 * Service processes that are activated due to a .timer or .path unit
218 triggering will now receive information about this via environment
219 variables. Note that this is information is lossy, as activation
220 might be coalesced and only one of the activating triggers will be
221 reported. This is hence more suited for debugging or tracing rather
222 than for behaviour decisions.
223
224 * The riscv_flush_icache(2) system call has been added to the list of
225 system calls allowed by default when SystemCallFilter= is used.
226
227 * The selinux context derived from the target executable, instead of
228 'init_t' used for the manager itself, is now used when creating
229 listening sockets for units that specify SELinuxContextFromNet=yes.
230
231 Changes in sd-boot, bootctl, and the Boot Loader Specification:
232
233 * The Boot Loader Specification has been cleaned up and clarified.
234 Various corner cases in version string comparisons have been fixed
235 (e.g. comparisons for empty strings). Boot counting is now part of
236 the main specification.
237
238 * New PCRs measurements are performed during boot: PCR 11 for the the
239 kernel+initrd combo, PCR 13 for any sysext images. If a measurement
240 took place this is now reported to userspace via the new
241 StubPcrKernelImage and StubPcrInitRDSysExts EFI variables.
242
243 * As before, systemd-stub will measure kernel parameters and system
244 credentials into PCR 12. It will now report this fact via the
245 StubPcrKernelParameters EFI variable to userspace.
246
247 * The UEFI monotonic boot counter is now included in the updated random
248 seed file maintained by sd-boot, providing some additional entropy.
249
250 * sd-stub will use LoadImage/StartImage to execute the kernel, instead
251 of arranging the image manually and jumping to the kernel entry
252 point. sd-stub also installs a temporary UEFI SecurityOverride to
253 allow the (unsigned) nested image to be booted. This is safe because
254 the outer (signed) stub+kernel binary must have been verified before
255 the stub was executed.
256
257 * Booting in EFI mixed mode (a 64-bit kernel over 32-bit UEFI firmware)
258 is now supported by sd-boot.
259
260 * bootctl gained a bunch of new options: --all-architectures to install
261 binaries for all supported EFI architectures, --root= and --image=
262 options to operate on a directory or disk image, and
263 --install-source= to specify the source for binaries to install,
264 --efi-boot-option-description= to control the name of the boot entry.
265
266 * The sd-boot stub exports a StubFeatures flag, which is used by
267 bootctl to show features supported by the stub that was used to boot.
268
269 * The PE section offsets that are used by tools that assemble unified
270 kernel images have historically been hard-coded. This may lead to
271 overlapping PE sections which may break on boot. The UKI will now try
272 to detect and warn about this.
273
274 Any tools that assemble UKIs must update to calculate these offsets
275 dynamically. Future sd-stub versions may use offsets that will not
276 work with the currently used set of hard-coded offsets!
277
278 * sd-stub now accepts (and passes to the initrd and then to the full
279 OS) new PE sections '.pcrsig' and '.pcrkey' that can be used to embed
280 signatures of expected PCR values, to allow sealing secrets via the
281 TPM2 against pre-calculated PCR measurements.
282
283 Changes in the hardware database:
284
285 * 'systemd-hwdb query' now supports the --root= option.
286
287 Changes in systemctl:
288
289 * systemctl now supports --state= and --type= options for the 'show'
290 and 'status' verbs.
291
292 * systemctl gained a new verb 'list-automounts' to list automount
293 points.
294
295 * systemctl gained support for a new --image= switch to be able to
296 operate on the specified disk image (similar to the existing --root=
297 which operates relative to some directory).
298
299 Changes in systemd-networkd:
300
301 * networkd can set Linux NetLabel labels for integration with the
302 network control in security modules via a new NetLabel= option.
303
304 * The RapidCommit= is (re-)introduced to enable faster configuration
305 via DHCPv6 (RFC 3315).
306
307 * networkd gained a new option TCPCongestionControlAlgorithm= that
308 allows setting a per-route TCP algorithm.
309
310 * networkd gained a new option KeepFileDescriptor= to allow keeping a
311 reference (file descriptor) open on TUN/TAP interfaces, which is
312 useful to avoid link flaps while the underlying service providing the
313 interface is being serviced.
314
315 * RouteTable= now also accepts route table names.
316
317 Changes in systemd-nspawn:
318
319 * The --bind= and --overlay= options now support relative paths.
320
321 * The --bind= option now supports a 'rootidmap' value, which will
322 use id-mapped mounts to map the root user inside the container to the
323 owner of the mounted directory on the host.
324
325 Changes in systemd-resolved:
326
327 * systemd-resolved now persists DNSOverTLS in its state file too. This
328 fixes a problem when used in combination with NetworkManager, which
329 sends the setting only once, causing it to be lost if resolved was
330 restarted at any point.
331
332 * systemd-resolved now exposes a varlink socket at
333 /run/systemd/resolve/io.systemd.Resolve.Monitor, accessible only for
334 root. Processed DNS requests in a JSON format will be published to
335 any clients connected to this socket.
336
337 resolvectl gained a 'monitor' verb to make use of this.
338
339 * systemd-resolved now treats unsupported DNSSEC algorithms as INSECURE
340 instead of returning SERVFAIL, as per RFC:
341 https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc6840#section-5.2
342
343 * OpenSSL is the default crypto backend for systemd-resolved. (gnutls
344 is still supported.)
345
346 Changes in libsystemd and other libraries:
347
348 * libsystemd now exports sd_bus_error_setfv() (a convenience function
349 for setting bus errors), sd_id128_string_equal (a convenience
350 function for 128bit ID string comparisons), and
351 sd_bus_message_read_strv_extend() (a function to incrementally read
352 string arrays).
353
354 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_get_child_first()/_next() as a
355 high-level interface for enumerating child devices. It also supports
356 sd_device_new_child() for opening a child device given a device
357 object.
358
359 * libsystemd now exports sd_device_monitor_set()/get_description()
360 which allow setting a custom description that will be used in log
361 messages by sd_device_monitor*.
362
363 * Private shared libraries (libsystemd-shared-nnn.so,
364 libsystemd-core-nnn.so) are now installed into arch-specific
365 directories to allow multi-arch installs.
366
367 * A new sd-gpt.h header is now published, listing GUIDs from the
368 Discoverable Partitions specification. For more details see:
369 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/
370
371 * A new function sd_hwdb_new_from_path() has been added to open a hwdb
372 database given an explicit path to the file.
373
374 * The signal number argument to sd_event_add_signal() now can now be
375 ORed with the SD_EVENT_SIGNAL_PROCMASK flag, causing sigprocmask() to
376 be automatically invoked to block the specified signal. This is
377 useful to simplify invocations as the caller doesn't have to do this
378 manually.
379
380 * A new convenience call sd_event_set_signal_exit() has been added to
381 sd-event to set up signal handling so that the event loop
382 automatically terminates cleanly on SIGTERM/SIGINT.
383
384 Changes in other components:
385
386 * systemd-sysusers, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysctl configuration
387 can now be provided via the credential mechanism.
388
389 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb 'compare-versions' that implements
390 comparisons for versions strings (similarly to 'rpmdev-vercmp' and
391 'dpkg --compare-versions').
392
393 * 'systemd-analyze dump' is extended to accept glob patterns for unit
394 names to limit the output to matching units.
395
396 * tmpfiles.d/ lines can read file contents to write from a credential.
397 The new modifier char '^' is used to specify that the argument is a
398 credential name. This mechanism is used to automatically populate
399 /etc/motd, /etc/issue, and /etc/hosts from credentials.
400
401 * tmpfiles.d/ may now be configured to avoid changing uid/gid/mode of
402 an inode if the specification is prefixed with ':' and the inode
403 already exists.
404
405 * Default tmpfiles.d/ configuration now carries a line to automatically
406 use an 'ssh.authorized_keys.root' credential if provided to set up
407 the SSH authorized_keys file for the root user.
408
409 * systemd-tmpfiles will now gracefully handle absent source of "C" copy
410 lines.
411
412 * tmpfiles.d/ F/w lines now optionally permit encoding of the payload
413 in base64. This is useful to write arbitrary binary data into files.
414
415 * The pkgconfig and rpm macros files now export the directory for user
416 units as 'user_tmpfiles_dir' and '%_user_tmpfilesdir'.
417
418 * Detection of Apple Virtualization and detection of Parallels and
419 KubeVirt virtualization on non-x86 archs have been added.
420
421 * os-release gained a new field SUPPORT_END=YYYY-MM-DD to inform the
422 user when their system will become unsupported.
423
424 * When performing suspend-then-hibernate, the system will estimate the
425 discharge rate and use that to set the delay until hibernation and
426 hibernate immediately instead of suspending when running from a
427 battery and the capacity is below 5%.
428
429 * systemd-sysctl gained a --strict option to fail when a sysctl
430 setting is unknown to the kernel.
431
432 * machinectl supports --force for the 'copy-to' and 'copy-from'
433 verbs.
434
435 * coredumpctl gained the --root and --image options to look for journal
436 files under the specified root directory, image, or block device.
437
438 * 'journalctl -o' and similar commands now implement a new output mode
439 "short-delta". It is similar to "short-monotonic", but also shows the
440 time delta between subsequent messages.
441
442 * journalctl now respects the --quiet flag when verifying consistency
443 of journal files.
444
445 * Journal log messages gained a new implicit field _RUNTIME_SCOPE= that
446 will indicate whether a message was logged in the 'initrd' phase or
447 in the 'system' phase of the boot process.
448
449 * Journal files gained a new compatibility flag
450 'HEADER_INCOMPATIBLE_COMPACT'. Files with this flag implement changes
451 to the storage format that allow reducing size on disk. As with other
452 compatibility flags, older journalctl versions will not be able to
453 read journal files using this new format. The environment variable
454 'SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_COMPACT=0' can be passed to systemd-journald to
455 disable this functionality. It is enabled by default.
456
457 * systemd-run's --working-directory= switch now works when used in
458 combination with --scope.
459
460 * portablectl gained a --force flag to skip certain sanity checks. This
461 is implemented using new flags accepted by systemd-portabled for the
462 *WithExtensions() D-Bus methods: SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_ATTACH
463 flag now means that the attach/detach checks whether the units are
464 already present and running will be skipped. Similarly,
465 SD_SYSTEMD_PORTABLE_FORCE_SYSEXT flag means that the check whether
466 image name matches the name declared inside of the image will be
467 skipped. Callers must be sure to do those checks themselves if
468 appropriate.
469
470 * systemd-portabled will now use the original filename to check
471 extension-release.NAME for correctness, in case it is passed a
472 symlink.
473
474 * systemd-portabled now uses PrivateTmp=yes in the 'trusted' profile
475 too.
476
477 * sysext's extension-release files now support '_any' as a special
478 value for the ID= field, to allow distribution-independent extensions
479 (e.g.: fully statically compiled binaries, scripts). It also gained
480 support for a new ARCHITECTURE= field that may be used to explicitly
481 restrict an image to hosts of a specific architecture.
482
483 * systemd-repart now supports creating squashfs partitions. This
484 requires mksquashfs from squashfs-tools.
485
486 * systemd-repart gained a --split flag to also generate split
487 artifacts, i.e. a separate file for each partition. This is useful in
488 conjunction with systemd-sysupdate or other tools, or to generate
489 split dm-verity artifacts.
490
491 * systemd-repart is now able to generate dm-verity partitions, including
492 signatures.
493
494 * systemd-repart can now set a partition UUID to zero, allowing it to
495 be filled in later, such as when using verity partitions.
496
497 * systemd-repart now supports drop-ins for its configuration files.
498
499 * Package metadata logged by systemd-coredump in the system journal is
500 now more compact.
501
502 * xdg-autostart-service now expands 'tilde' characters in Exec lines.
503
504 * systemd-oomd now automatically links against libatomic, if available.
505
506 * systemd-oomd now sends out a 'Killed' D-Bus signal when a cgroup is
507 killed.
508
509 * scope units now also provide oom-kill status.
510
511 * systemd-pstore will now try to load only the efi_pstore kernel module
512 before running, ensuring that pstore can be used.
513
514 * systemd-logind gained a new StopIdleSessionSec= option to stop an idle
515 session after a preconfigure timeout.
516
517 * systemd-homed will now wait up to 30 seconds for workers to terminate,
518 rather than indefinitely.
519
520 * homectl gained a new '--luks-sector-size=' flag that allows users to
521 select the preferred LUKS sector size. Must be a power of 2 between 512
522 and 4096. systemd-userdbd records gained a corresponding field.
523
524 * systemd-sysusers will now respect the 'SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH' environment
525 variable when generating the 'sp_lstchg' field, to ensure an image
526 build can be reproducible.
527
528 * 'udevadm wait' will now listen to kernel uevents too when called with
529 --initialized=no.
530
531 * When naming network devices udev will now consult the Devicetree
532 "alias" fields for the device.
533
534 * systemd-udev will now create infiniband/by-path and
535 infiniband/by-ibdev links for Infiniband verbs devices.
536
537 * systemd-udev-trigger.service will now also prioritize input devices.
538
539 * ConditionACPower= and systemd-ac-power will now assume the system is
540 running on AC power if no battery can be found.
541
542 * All features and tools using the TPM2 will now communicate with it
543 using a bind key. Beforehand, the tpm2 support used encrypted sessions
544 by creating a primary key that was used to encrypt traffic. This
545 creates a problem as the key created for encrypting the traffic could
546 be faked by an active interposer on the bus. In cases when a pin is
547 used, a bind key will be used. The pin is used as the auth value for
548 the seal key, aka the disk encryption key, and that auth value will be
549 used in the session establishment. An attacker would need the pin
550 value to create the secure session and thus an active interposer
551 without the pin cannot interpose on TPM2 traffic.
552
553 * systemd-growfs no longer requires udev to run.
554
555 * systemd-backlight now will better support systems with multiple
556 graphic cards.
557
558 * systemd-cryptsetup's keyfile-timeout= option now also works when a
559 device is used as a keyfile.
560
561 * systemd-cryptenroll gained a new --unlock-key-file= option to get the
562 unlocking key from a key file (instead of prompting the user). Note
563 that this is the key for unlocking the volume in order to be able to
564 enroll a new key, but it is not the key that is enrolled.
565
566 * systemd-dissect gained a new --umount switch that will safely and
567 synchronously unmount all partitions of an image previously mounted
568 with 'systemd-dissect --mount'.
569
570 * When using gcrypt, all systemd tools and services will now configure
571 it to prefer the OS random number generator if present.
572
573 * All example code shipped with documentation has been relicensed from CC0
574 to MIT-0.
575
576 * Unit tests will no longer fail when running on a system without
577 /etc/machine-id.
578
579 Experimental features:
580
581 * BPF programs can now be compiled with bpf-gcc (requires libbpf >= 1.0
582 and bpftool >= 7.0).
583
584 * sd-boot can automatically enroll SecureBoot keys from files found on
585 the ESP. This enrollment can be either automatic ('force' mode) or
586 controlled by the user ('manual' mode). It is sufficient to place the
587 SecureBoot keys in the right place in the ESP and they will be picked
588 up by sd-boot and shown in the boot menu.
589
590 * The mkosi config in systemd gained support for automatically
591 compiling a kernel with the configuration appropriate for testing
592 systemd. This may be useful when developing or testing systemd in
593 tandem with the kernel.
594
595 Contributions from: 김인수, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Aidan Dang,
596 Akihiko Odaki, Alban Bedel, Albert Mikaelyan, Aleksey Vasenev,
597 Alexander Graf, Alexander Shopov, Alexander Wilson,
598 Alper Nebi Yasak, anarcat, Anders Jonsson, Andre Kalb,
599 Andrew Stone, Andrey Albershteyn, Anita Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt,
600 Antonio Alvarez Feijoo, Arnaud Ferraris, Aryan singh, asavah,
601 Avamander, Avram Lubkin, Balázs Meskó, Bastien Nocera,
602 Benjamin Franzke, BerndAdameit, bin456789, Celeste Liu,
603 Chih-Hsuan Yen, Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche,
604 Christian Hesse, Clyde Byrd III, codefiles, Colin Walters,
605 Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer, Daniel Braunwarth,
606 Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Darsey Litzenberger, David Edmundson,
607 David Jaša, David Rheinsberg, David Seifert, David Tardon,
608 dependabot[bot], Devendra Tewari, Dominique Martinet, drosdeck,
609 Edson Juliano Drosdeck, Eduard Tolosa, eggfly, Einsler Lee,
610 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Evgeny Vereshchagin, exploide, Fei Li,
611 Foster Snowhill, Franck Bui, Frank Dana, Frantisek Sumsal,
612 Gerd Hoffmann, Gio, Goffredo Baroncelli, gtwang01,
613 Guillaume W. Bres, H A, Hans de Goede, Heinrich Schuchardt,
614 Hugo Carvalho, i-do-cpp, igo95862, j00512545, Jacek Migacz,
615 Jade Bilkey, James Hilliard, Jan B, Janis Goldschmidt,
616 Jan Janssen, Jan Kuparinen, Jan Luebbe, Jan Macku,
617 Jason A. Donenfeld, Javkhlanbayar Khongorzul, Jeremy Soller,
618 JeroenHD, jiangchuangang, João Loureiro,
619 Joaquín Ignacio Aramendía, Jochen Sprickerhof,
620 Johannes Schauer Marin Rodrigues, Jonas Kümmerlin,
621 Jonas Witschel, Jonathan Kang, Jonathan Lebon, Joost Heitbrink,
622 Jörg Thalheim, josh-gordon-fb, Joyce, Kai Lueke, lastkrick,
623 Lennart Poettering, Leon M. George, licunlong, Li kunyu,
624 LockBlock-dev, Loïc Collignon, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
625 Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Łukasz Stelmach, Maccraft123,
626 Marc Kleine-Budde, Marius Vollmer, Martin Wilck, matoro,
627 Matthias Lisin, Max Gautier, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
628 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Stanke, Mike Gilbert,
629 Mitchell Freiderich, msizanoen1, Nick Rosbrook, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
630 Oleg Solovyov, Olga Smirnova, Pablo Ceballos, Pavel Zhukov,
631 Phaedrus Leeds, Philipp Gortan, Piotr Drąg, Pyfisch,
632 Quentin Deslandes, Rahil Bhimjiani, Rene Hollander, Richard Huang,
633 Richard Phibel, Rudi Heitbaum, Sam James, Sarah Brofeldt,
634 Sean Anderson, Sebastian Scheibner, Shreenidhi Shedi,
635 Sonali Srivastava, Steve Ramage, Suraj Krishnan, Swapnil Devesh,
636 Takashi Sakamoto, Ted X. Toth, Temuri Doghonadze, Thomas Blume,
637 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hebb, Tomáš Hnyk, Tomasz Paweł Gajc,
638 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, undef, Uriel Corfa,
639 Victor Westerhuis, Vincent Dagonneau, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
640 Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wenchao Hao, William Roberts, williamsumendap,
641 wineway, xiaoyang, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe,
642 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhaofeng Li, наб
643
644 – The Great Beyond, 2022-10-31 👻
645
646 CHANGES WITH 251:
647
648 Backwards-incompatible changes:
649
650 * The minimum kernel version required has been bumped from 3.13 to 4.15,
651 and CLOCK_BOOTTIME is now assumed to always exist.
652
653 * C11 with GNU extensions (aka "gnu11") is now used to build our
654 components. Public API headers are still restricted to ISO C89.
655
656 * In v250, a systemd-networkd feature that automatically configures
657 routes to addresses specified in AllowedIPs= was added and enabled by
658 default. However, this causes network connectivity issues in many
659 existing setups. Hence, it has been disabled by default since
660 systemd-stable 250.3. The feature can still be used by explicitly
661 configuring RouteTable= setting in .netdev files.
662
663 * Jobs started via StartUnitWithFlags() will no longer return 'skipped'
664 when a Condition*= check does not succeed, restoring the JobRemoved
665 signal to the behaviour it had before v250.
666
667 * The org.freedesktop.portable1 methods GetMetadataWithExtensions() and
668 GetImageMetadataWithExtensions() have been fixed to provide an extra
669 return parameter, containing the actual extension release metadata.
670 The current implementation was judged to be broken and unusable, and
671 thus the usual procedure of adding a new set of methods was skipped,
672 and backward compatibility broken instead on the assumption that
673 nobody can be affected given the current state of this interface.
674
675 * All kernels supported by systemd mix bytes returned by RDRAND (or
676 similar) into the entropy pool at early boot. This means that on
677 those systems, even if /dev/urandom is not yet initialized, it still
678 returns bytes that are of at least RDRAND quality. For that reason,
679 we no longer have reason to invoke RDRAND from systemd itself, which
680 has historically been a source of bugs. Furthermore, kernels ≥5.6
681 provide the getrandom(GRND_INSECURE) interface for returning random
682 bytes before the entropy pool is initialized without warning into
683 kmsg, which is what we attempt to use if available. systemd's direct
684 usage of RDRAND has been removed. x86 systems ≥Broadwell that are
685 running an older kernel may experience kmsg warnings that were not
686 seen with 250. For newer kernels, non-x86 systems, or older x86
687 systems, there should be no visible changes.
688
689 * sd-boot will now measure the kernel command line into TPM PCR 12
690 rather than PCR 8. This improves usefulness of the measurements on
691 systems where sd-boot is chainloaded from Grub. Grub measures all
692 commands its executes into PCR 8, which makes it very hard to use
693 reasonably, hence separate ourselves from that and use PCR 12
694 instead, which is what certain Ubuntu editions already do. To retain
695 compatibility with systems running older systemd systems a new meson
696 option 'efi-tpm-pcr-compat' has been added (which defaults to false).
697 If enabled, the measurement is done twice: into the new-style PCR 12
698 *and* the old-style PCR 8. It's strongly advised to migrate all users
699 to PCR 12 for this purpose in the long run, as we intend to remove
700 this compatibility feature in two years' time.
701
702 * busctl capture now writes output in the newer pcapng format instead
703 of pcap.
704
705 * A udev rule that imported hwdb matches for USB devices with lowercase
706 hexadecimal vendor/product ID digits was added in systemd 250. This
707 has been reverted, since uppercase hexadecimal digits are supposed to
708 be used, and we already had a rule with the appropriate match.
709
710 Users might need to adjust their local hwdb entries.
711
712 * arch_prctl(2) has been moved to the @default set in the syscall filters
713 (as exposed via the SystemCallFilter= setting in service unit files).
714 It is apparently used by the linker now.
715
716 * The tmpfiles entries that create the /run/systemd/netif directory and
717 its subdirectories were moved from tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf to
718 tmpfiles.d/systemd-network.conf.
719
720 Users might need to adjust their files that override tmpfiles.d/systemd.conf
721 to account for this change.
722
723 * The requirement for Portable Services images to contain a well-formed
724 os-release file (i.e.: contain at least an ID field) is now enforced.
725 This applies to base images and extensions, and also to systemd-sysext.
726
727 Changes in the Boot Loader Specification, kernel-install and sd-boot:
728
729 * kernel-install's and bootctl's Boot Loader Specification Type #1
730 entry generation logic has been reworked. The user may now pick
731 explicitly by which "token" string to name the installation's boot
732 entries, via the new /etc/kernel/entry-token file or the new
733 --entry-token= switch to bootctl. By default — as before — the
734 entries are named after the local machine ID. However, in "golden
735 image" environments, where the machine ID shall be initialized on
736 first boot (as opposed to at installation time before first boot) the
737 machine ID will not be available at build time. In this case the
738 --entry-token= switch to bootctl (or the /etc/kernel/entry-token
739 file) may be used to override the "token" for the entries, for
740 example the IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from /etc/os-release. This will
741 make the OS images independent of any machine ID, and ensure that the
742 images will not carry any identifiable information before first boot,
743 but on the other hand means that multiple parallel installations of
744 the very same image on the same disk cannot be supported.
745
746 Summary: if you are building golden images that shall acquire
747 identity information exclusively on first boot, make sure to both
748 remove /etc/machine-id *and* to write /etc/kernel/entry-token to the
749 value of the IMAGE_ID= or ID= field of /etc/os-release or another
750 suitable identifier before deploying the image.
751
752 * The Boot Loader Specification has been extended with
753 /loader/entries.srel file located in the EFI System Partition (ESP)
754 that disambiguates the format of the entries in the /loader/entries/
755 directory (in order to discern them from incompatible uses of this
756 directory by other projects). For entries that follow the
757 Specification, the string "type1" is stored in this file.
758
759 bootctl will now write this file automatically when installing the
760 systemd-boot boot loader.
761
762 * kernel-install supports a new initrd_generator= setting in
763 /etc/kernel/install.conf, that is exported as
764 $KERNEL_INSTALL_INITRD_GENERATOR to kernel-install plugins. This
765 allows choosing different initrd generators.
766
767 * kernel-install will now create a "staging area" (an initially-empty
768 directory to gather files for a Boot Loader Specification Type #1
769 entry). The path to this directory is exported as
770 $KERNEL_INSTALL_STAGING_AREA to kernel-install plugins, which should
771 drop files there instead of writing them directly to the final
772 location. kernel-install will move them when all files have been
773 prepared successfully.
774
775 * New option sort-key= has been added to the Boot Loader Specification
776 to override the sorting order of the entries in the boot menu. It is
777 read by sd-boot and bootctl, and will be written by kernel-install,
778 with the default value of IMAGE_ID= or ID= fields from
779 os-release. Together, this means that on multiboot installations,
780 entries should be grouped and sorted in a predictable way.
781
782 * The sort order of boot entries has been updated: entries which have
783 the new field sort-key= are sorted by it first, and all entries
784 without it are ordered later. After that, entries are sorted by
785 version so that newest entries are towards the beginning of the list.
786
787 * The kernel-install tool gained a new 'inspect' verb which shows the
788 paths and other settings used.
789
790 * sd-boot can now optionally beep when the menu is shown and menu
791 entries are selected, which can be useful on machines without a
792 working display. (Controllable via a loader.conf setting.)
793
794 * The --make-machine-id-directory= switch to bootctl has been replaced
795 by --make-entry-directory=, given that the entry directory is not
796 necessarily named after the machine ID, but after some other suitable
797 ID as selected via --entry-token= described above. The old name of
798 the option is still understood to maximize compatibility.
799
800 * 'bootctl list' gained support for a new --json= switch to output boot
801 menu entries in JSON format.
802
803 * 'bootctl is-installed' now supports the --graceful, and various verbs
804 omit output with the new option --quiet.
805
806 Changes in systemd-homed:
807
808 * Starting with v250 systemd-homed uses UID/GID mapping on the mounts
809 of activated home directories it manages (if the kernel and selected
810 file systems support it). So far it mapped three UID ranges: the
811 range from 0…60000, the user's own UID, and the range 60514…65534,
812 leaving everything else unmapped (in other words, the 16bit UID range
813 is mapped almost fully, with the exception of the UID subrange used
814 for systemd-homed users, with one exception: the user's own UID).
815 Unmapped UIDs may not be used for file ownership in the home
816 directory — any chown() attempts with them will fail. With this
817 release a fourth range is added to these mappings:
818 524288…1879048191. This range is the UID range intended for container
819 uses, see:
820
821 https://systemd.io/UIDS-GIDS
822
823 This range may be used for container managers that place container OS
824 trees in the home directory (which is a questionable approach, for
825 quota, permission, SUID handling and network file system
826 compatibility reasons, but nonetheless apparently commonplace). Note
827 that this mapping is mapped 1:1 in a pass-through fashion, i.e. the
828 UID assignments from the range are not managed or mapped by
829 `systemd-homed`, and must be managed with other mechanisms, in the
830 context of the local system.
831
832 Typically, a better approach to user namespacing in relevant
833 container managers would be to leave container OS trees on disk at
834 UID offset 0, but then map them to a dynamically allocated runtime
835 UID range via another UID mount map at container invocation
836 time. That way user namespace UID ranges become strictly a runtime
837 concept, and do not leak into persistent file systems, persistent
838 user databases or persistent configuration, thus greatly simplifying
839 handling, and improving compatibility with home directories intended
840 to be portable like the ones managed by systemd-homed.
841
842 Changes in shared libraries:
843
844 * A new libsystemd-core-<version>.so private shared library is
845 installed under /usr/lib/systemd/system, mirroring the existing
846 libsystemd-shared-<version>.so library. This allows the total
847 installation size to be reduced by binary code reuse.
848
849 * The <version> tag used in the name of libsystemd-shared.so and
850 libsystemd-core.so can be configured via the meson option
851 'shared-lib-tag'. Distributions may build subsequent versions of the
852 systemd package with unique tags (e.g. the full package version),
853 thus allowing multiple installations of those shared libraries to be
854 available at the same time. This is intended to fix an issue where
855 programs that link to those libraries would fail to execute because
856 they were installed earlier or later than the appropriate version of
857 the library.
858
859 * The sd-id128 API gained a new call sd_id128_to_uuid_string() that is
860 similar to sd_id128_to_string() but formats the ID in RFC 4122 UUID
861 format instead of as a simple series of hex characters.
862
863 * The sd-device API gained two new calls sd_device_new_from_devname()
864 and sd_device_new_from_path() which permit allocating an sd_device
865 object from a device node name or file system path.
866
867 * sd-device also gained a new call sd_device_open() which will open the
868 device node associated with a device for which an sd_device object
869 has been allocated. The call is supposed to address races around
870 device nodes being removed/recycled due to hotplug events, or media
871 change events: the call checks internally whether the major/minor of
872 the device node and the "diskseq" (in case of block devices) match
873 with the metadata loaded in the sd_device object, thus ensuring that
874 the device once opened really matches the provided sd_device object.
875
876 Changes in PID1, systemctl, and systemd-oomd:
877
878 * A new set of service monitor environment variables will be passed to
879 OnFailure=/OnSuccess= handlers, but only if exactly one unit lists the
880 handler unit as OnFailure=/OnSuccess=. The variables are:
881 $MONITOR_SERVICE_RESULT, $MONITOR_EXIT_CODE, $MONITOR_EXIT_STATUS,
882 $MONITOR_INVOCATION_ID and $MONITOR_UNIT. For cases when a single
883 handler needs to watch multiple units, use a templated handler.
884
885 * A new ExtensionDirectories= setting in service unit files allows
886 system extensions to be loaded from a directory. (It is similar to
887 ExtensionImages=, but takes paths to directories, instead of
888 disk image files.)
889
890 'portablectl attach --extension=' now also accepts directory paths.
891
892 * The user.delegate and user.invocation_id extended attributes on
893 cgroups are used in addition to trusted.delegate and
894 trusted.invocation_id. The latter pair requires privileges to set,
895 but the former doesn't and can be also set by the unprivileged user
896 manager.
897
898 (Only supported on kernels ≥5.6.)
899
900 * Units that were killed by systemd-oomd will now have a service result
901 of 'oom-kill'. The number of times a service was killed is tallied
902 in the 'user.oomd_ooms' extended attribute.
903
904 The OOMPolicy= unit file setting is now also honoured by
905 systemd-oomd.
906
907 * In unit files the new %y/%Y specifiers can be used to refer to
908 normalized unit file path, which is particularly useful for symlinked
909 unit files.
910
911 The new %q specifier resolves to the pretty hostname
912 (i.e. PRETTY_HOSTNAME= from /etc/machine-info).
913
914 The new %d specifier resolves to the credentials directory of a
915 service (same as $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY).
916
917 * The RootDirectory=, MountAPIVFS=, ExtensionDirectories=,
918 *Capabilities*=, ProtectHome=, *Directory=, TemporaryFileSystem=,
919 PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=, NetworkNamespacePath=,
920 PrivateIPC=, IPCNamespacePath=, PrivateUsers=, ProtectClock=,
921 ProtectKernelTunables=, ProtectKernelModules=, ProtectKernelLogs=,
922 MountFlags= service settings now also work in unprivileged user
923 services, i.e. those run by the user's --user service manager, as long
924 as user namespaces are enabled on the system.
925
926 * Services with Restart=always and a failing ExecCondition= will no
927 longer be restarted, to bring ExecCondition= behaviour in line with
928 Condition*= settings.
929
930 * LoadCredential= now accepts a directory as the argument; all files
931 from the directory will be loaded as credentials.
932
933 * A new D-Bus property ControlGroupId is now exposed on service units,
934 that encapsulates the service's numeric cgroup ID that newer kernels
935 assign to each cgroup.
936
937 * PID 1 gained support for configuring the "pre-timeout" of watchdog
938 devices and the associated governor, via the new
939 RuntimeWatchdogPreSec= and RuntimeWatchdogPreGovernor= configuration
940 options in /etc/systemd/system.conf.
941
942 * systemctl's --timestamp= option gained a new choice "unix", to show
943 timestamp as unix times, i.e. seconds since 1970, Jan 1st.
944
945 * A new "taint" flag named "old-kernel" is introduced which is set when
946 the kernel systemd runs on is older then the current baseline version
947 (see above). The flag is shown in "systemctl status" output.
948
949 * Two additional taint flags "short-uid-range" and "short-gid-range"
950 have been added as well, which are set when systemd notices it is run
951 within a userns namespace that does not define the full 0…65535 UID
952 range
953
954 * A new "unmerged-usr" taint flag has been added that is set whenever
955 running on systems where /bin/ + /sbin/ are *not* symlinks to their
956 counterparts in /usr/, i.e. on systems where the /usr/-merge has not
957 been completed.
958
959 * Generators invoked by PID 1 will now have a couple of useful
960 environment variables set describing the execution context a
961 bit. $SYSTEMD_SCOPE encodes whether the generator is called from the
962 system service manager, or from the per-user service
963 manager. $SYSTEMD_IN_INITRD encodes whether the generator is invoked
964 in initrd context or on the host. $SYSTEMD_FIRST_BOOT encodes whether
965 systemd considers the current boot to be a "first"
966 boot. $SYSTEMD_VIRTUALIZATION encode whether virtualization is
967 detected and which type of hypervisor/container
968 manager. $SYSTEMD_ARCHITECTURE indicates which architecture the
969 kernel is built for.
970
971 * PID 1 will now automatically pick up system credentials from qemu's
972 fw_cfg interface, thus allowing passing arbitrary data into VM
973 systems similar to how this is already supported for passing them
974 into `systemd-nspawn` containers. Credentials may now also be passed
975 in via the new kernel command line option `systemd.set_credential=`
976 (note that kernel command line options are world-readable during
977 runtime, and only useful for credentials that require no
978 confidentiality). The credentials that can be passed to unified
979 kernels that use the `systemd-stub` UEFI stub are now similarly
980 picked up automatically. Automatic importing of system credentials
981 this way can be turned off via the new
982 `systemd.import_credentials=no` kernel command line option.
983
984 * LoadCredential= will now automatically look for credentials in the
985 /etc/credstore/, /run/credstore/, /usr/lib/credstore/ directories if
986 the argument is not an absolute path. Similarly,
987 LoadCredentialEncrypted= will check the same directories plus
988 /etc/credstore.encrypted/, /run/credstore.encrypted/ and
989 /usr/lib/credstore.encrypted/. The idea is to use those directories
990 as the system-wide location for credentials that services should pick
991 up automatically.
992
993 * System and service credentials are described in great detail in a new
994 document:
995
996 https://systemd.io/CREDENTIALS
997
998 Changes in systemd-journald:
999
1000 * The journal JSON export format has been added to listed of stable
1001 interfaces (https://systemd.io/PORTABILITY_AND_STABILITY/).
1002
1003 * journalctl --list-boots now supports JSON output and the --reverse option.
1004
1005 * Under docs/: JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS was imported from the wiki and
1006 updated, BUILDING_IMAGES is new:
1007
1008 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS
1009 https://systemd.io/BUILDING_IMAGES
1010
1011 Changes in udev:
1012
1013 * Two new hwdb files have been added. One lists "handhelds" (PDAs,
1014 calculators, etc.), the other AV production devices (DJ tables,
1015 keypads, etc.) that should accessible to the seat owner user by
1016 default.
1017
1018 * udevadm trigger gained a new --prioritized-subsystem= option to
1019 process certain subsystems (and all their parent devices) earlier.
1020
1021 systemd-udev-trigger.service now uses this new option to trigger
1022 block and TPM devices first, hopefully making the boot a bit faster.
1023
1024 * udevadm trigger now implements --type=all, --initialized-match,
1025 --initialized-nomatch to trigger both subsystems and devices, only
1026 already-initialized devices, and only devices which haven't been
1027 initialized yet, respectively.
1028
1029 * udevadm gained a new "wait" command for safely waiting for a specific
1030 device to show up in the udev device database. This is useful in
1031 scripts that asynchronously allocate a block device (e.g. through
1032 repartitioning, or allocating a loopback device or similar) and need
1033 to synchronize on the creation to complete.
1034
1035 * udevadm gained a new "lock" command for locking one or more block
1036 devices while formatting it or writing a partition table to it. It is
1037 an implementation of https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING and
1038 usable in scripts dealing with block devices.
1039
1040 * udevadm info will show a couple of additional device fields in its
1041 output, and will not apply a limited set of coloring to line types.
1042
1043 * udevadm info --tree will now show a tree of objects (i.e. devices and
1044 suchlike) in the /sys/ hierarchy.
1045
1046 * Block devices will now get a new set of device symlinks in
1047 /dev/disk/by-diskseq/<nr>, which may be used to reference block
1048 device nodes via the kernel's "diskseq" value. Note that this does
1049 not guarantee that opening a device by a symlink like this will
1050 guarantee that the opened device actually matches the specified
1051 diskseq value. To be safe against races, the actual diskseq value of
1052 the opened device (BLKGETDISKSEQ ioctl()) must still be compred with
1053 the one in the symlink path.
1054
1055 * .link files gained support for setting MDI/MID-X on a link.
1056
1057 * .link files gained support for [Match] Firmware= setting to match on
1058 the device firmware description string. By mistake, it was previously
1059 only supported in .network files.
1060
1061 * .link files gained support for [Link] SR-IOVVirtualFunctions= setting
1062 and [SR-IOV] section to configure SR-IOV virtual functions.
1063
1064 Changes in systemd-networkd:
1065
1066 * The default scope for unicast routes configured through [Route]
1067 section is changed to "link", to make the behavior consistent with
1068 "ip route" command. The manual configuration of [Route] Scope= is
1069 still honored.
1070
1071 * A new unit systemd-networkd-wait-online@<interface>.service has been
1072 added that can be used to wait for a specific network interface to be
1073 up.
1074
1075 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Bridge] Isolated=true|false setting
1076 that configures the eponymous kernel attribute on the bridge.
1077
1078 * .netdev files now can be used to create virtual WLAN devices, and
1079 configure various settings on them, via the [WLAN] section.
1080
1081 * .link/.network files gained support for [Match] Kind= setting to match
1082 on device kind ("bond", "bridge", "gre", "tun", "veth", etc.)
1083
1084 This value is also shown by 'networkctl status'.
1085
1086 * The Local= setting in .netdev files for various virtual network
1087 devices gained support for specifying, in addition to the network
1088 address, the name of a local interface which must have the specified
1089 address.
1090
1091 * systemd-networkd gained a new [Tunnel] External= setting in .netdev
1092 files, to configure tunnels in external mode (a.k.a. collect metadata
1093 mode).
1094
1095 * [Network] L2TP= setting was removed. Please use interface specifier in
1096 Local= setting in .netdev files of corresponding L2TP interface.
1097
1098 * New [DHCPServer] BootServerName=, BootServerAddress=, and
1099 BootFilename= settings can be used to configure the server address,
1100 server name, and file name sent in the DHCP packet (e.g. to configure
1101 PXE boot).
1102
1103 Changes in systemd-resolved:
1104
1105 * systemd-resolved is started earlier (in sysinit.target), so it
1106 available earlier and will also be started in the initrd if installed
1107 there.
1108
1109 Changes in disk encryption:
1110
1111 * systemd-cryptenroll can now control whether to require the user to
1112 enter a PIN when using TPM-based unlocking of a volume via the new
1113 --tpm2-with-pin= option.
1114
1115 Option tpm2-pin= can be used in /etc/crypttab.
1116
1117 * When unlocking devices via TPM, TPM2 parameter encryption is now
1118 used, to ensure that communication between CPU and discrete TPM chips
1119 cannot be eavesdropped to acquire disk encryption keys.
1120
1121 * A new switch --fido2-credential-algorithm= has been added to
1122 systemd-cryptenroll allowing selection of the credential algorithm to
1123 use when binding encryption to FIDO2 tokens.
1124
1125 Changes in systemd-hostnamed:
1126
1127 * HARDWARE_VENDOR= and HARDWARE_MODEL= can be set in /etc/machine-info
1128 to override the values gleaned from the hwdb.
1129
1130 * A ID_CHASSIS property can be set in the hwdb (for the DMI device
1131 /sys/class/dmi/id) to override the chassis that is reported by
1132 hostnamed.
1133
1134 * hostnamed's D-Bus interface gained a new method GetHardwareSerial()
1135 for reading the hardware serial number, as reportd by DMI. It also
1136 exposes a new method D-Bus property FirmwareVersion that encode the
1137 firmware version of the system.
1138
1139 Changes in other components:
1140
1141 * /etc/locale.conf is now populated through tmpfiles.d factory /etc/
1142 handling with the values that were configured during systemd build
1143 (if /etc/locale.conf has not been created through some other
1144 mechanism). This means that /etc/locale.conf should always have
1145 reasonable contents and we avoid a potential mismatch in defaults.
1146
1147 * The userdbctl tool will now show UID range information as part of the
1148 list of known users.
1149
1150 * A new build-time configuration setting default-user-shell= can be
1151 used to set the default shell for user records and nspawn shell
1152 invocations (instead of of the default /bin/bash).
1153
1154 * systemd-timesyncd now provides a D-Bus API for receiving NTP server
1155 information dynamically at runtime via IPC.
1156
1157 * The systemd-creds tool gained a new "has-tpm2" verb, which reports
1158 whether a functioning TPM2 infrastructure is available, i.e. if
1159 firmware, kernel driver and systemd all have TPM2 support enabled and
1160 a device found.
1161
1162 * The systemd-creds tool gained support for generating encrypted
1163 credentials that are using an empty encryption key. While this
1164 provides no integrity nor confidentiality it's useful to implement
1165 codeflows that work the same on TPM-ful and TPM2-less systems. The
1166 service manager will only accept credentials "encrypted" that way if
1167 a TPM2 device cannot be detected, to ensure that credentials
1168 "encrypted" like that cannot be used to trick TPM2 systems.
1169
1170 * When deciding whether to colorize output, all systemd programs now
1171 also check $COLORTERM (in addition to $NO_COLOR, $SYSTEMD_COLORS, and
1172 $TERM).
1173
1174 * Meson's new install_tag feature is now in use for several components,
1175 allowing to build and install select binaries only: pam, nss, devel
1176 (pkg-config files), systemd-boot, libsystemd, libudev. Example:
1177 $ meson build systemd-boot
1178 $ meson install --tags systemd-boot --no-rebuild
1179 https://mesonbuild.com/Installing.html#installation-tags
1180
1181 * A new build configuration option has been added, to allow selecting the
1182 default compression algorithm used by systemd-journald and systemd-coredump.
1183 This allows to build-in support for decompressing all supported formats,
1184 but choose a specific one for compression. E.g.:
1185 $ meson -Ddefault-compression=xz
1186
1187 Experimental features:
1188
1189 * sd-boot gained a new *experimental* setting "reboot-for-bitlocker" in
1190 loader.conf that implements booting Microsoft Windows from the
1191 sd-boot in a way that first reboots the system, to reset the TPM
1192 PCRs. This improves compatibility with BitLocker's TPM use, as the
1193 PCRs will only record the Windows boot process, and not sd-boot
1194 itself, thus retaining the PCR measurements not involving sd-boot.
1195 Note that this feature is experimental for now, and is likely going
1196 to be generalized and renamed in a future release, without retaining
1197 compatibility with the current implementation.
1198
1199 * A new systemd-sysupdate component has been added that automatically
1200 discovers, downloads, and installs A/B-style updates for the host
1201 installation itself, or container images, portable service images,
1202 and other assets. See the new systemd-sysupdate man page for updates.
1203
1204 Contributions from: 4piu, Adam Williamson, adrian5, Albert Brox,
1205 AlexCatze, Alex Henrie, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alice S,
1206 Alvin Šipraga, amarjargal, Amarjargal, Andrea Pappacoda,
1207 Andreas Rammhold, Andy Chi, Anita Zhang, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
1208 Arfrever Frehtes Taifersar Arahesis, ash, Bastien Nocera, Be,
1209 bearhoney, Ben Efros, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Franzke,
1210 Brett Holman, Christian Brauner, Clyde Byrd III, Curtis Klein,
1211 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Danilo Krummrich,
1212 David, David Bond, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, davijosw,
1213 dependabot[bot], Donald Chan, Dorian Clay, Eduard Tolosa,
1214 Elias Probst, Eli Schwartz, Erik Sjölund, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1215 Federico Ceratto, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gaël PORTAY,
1216 Georges Basile Stavracas Neto, Gibeom Gwon, Goffredo Baroncelli,
1217 Grigori Goronzy, Hans de Goede, Heiko Becker, Hugo Carvalho,
1218 Jakob Lell, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
1219 Joan Bruguera, Joerie de Gram, Josh Triplett, Julia Kartseva,
1220 Kazuo Moriwaka, Khem Raj, ksa678491784, Lance, Lan Tian,
1221 Laura Barcziova, Lennart Poettering, Leviticoh, licunlong,
1222 Lidong Zhong, lincoln auster, Lubomir Rintel, Luca Boccassi,
1223 Luca BRUNO, lucagoc, Ludwig Nussel, Marcel Hellwig, march1993,
1224 Marco Scardovi, Mario Limonciello, Mariusz Tkaczyk,
1225 Markus Weippert, Martin, Martin Liska, Martin Wilck, Matija Skala,
1226 Matthew Blythe, Matthias Lisin, Matthijs van Duin, Matt Walton,
1227 Max Gautier, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal Koutný,
1228 Michal Sekletár, Mike Gilbert, MkfsSion, Morten Linderud,
1229 Nick Rosbrook, Nikolai Grigoriev, Nikolai Kostrigin,
1230 Nishal Kulkarni, Noel Kuntze, Pablo Ceballos, Peter Hutterer,
1231 Peter Morrow, Pigmy-penguin, Piotr Drąg, prumian, Richard Neill,
1232 Rike-Benjamin Schuppner, rodin-ia, Romain Naour, Ruben Kerkhof,
1233 Ryan Hendrickson, Santa Wiryaman, Sebastian Pucilowski, Seth Falco,
1234 Simon Ellmann, Sonali Srivastava, Stefan Seering,
1235 Stephen Hemminger, tawefogo, techtino, Temuri Doghonadze,
1236 Thomas Batten, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tobias Stoeckmann,
1237 Tomasz Pala, Tyson Whitehead, Vishal Chillara Srinivas,
1238 Vivien Didelot, w30023233, wangyuhang, Weblate, Xiaotian Wu,
1239 yangmingtai, YmrDtnJu, Yonathan Randolph, Yutsuten, Yu Watanabe,
1240 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, наб
1241
1242 — Edinburgh, 2022-05-21
1243
1244 CHANGES WITH 250:
1245
1246 * Support for encrypted and authenticated credentials has been added.
1247 This extends the credential logic introduced with v247 to support
1248 non-interactive symmetric encryption and authentication, based on a
1249 key that is stored on the /var/ file system or in the TPM2 chip (if
1250 available), or the combination of both (by default if a TPM2 chip
1251 exists the combination is used, otherwise the /var/ key only). The
1252 credentials are automatically decrypted at the moment a service is
1253 started, and are made accessible to the service itself in unencrypted
1254 form. A new tool 'systemd-creds' encrypts credentials for this
1255 purpose, and two new service file settings LoadCredentialEncrypted=
1256 and SetCredentialEncrypted= configure such credentials.
1257
1258 This feature is useful to store sensitive material such as SSL
1259 certificates, passwords and similar securely at rest and only decrypt
1260 them when needed, and in a way that is tied to the local OS
1261 installation or hardware.
1262
1263 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator can now automatically set up discoverable
1264 LUKS2 encrypted swap partitions.
1265
1266 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specification has been substantially
1267 extended with support for root and /usr/ partitions for the majority
1268 of architectures systemd supports. This includes platforms that do
1269 not natively support UEFI, because even though GPT is specified under
1270 UEFI umbrella, it is useful on other systems too. Specifically,
1271 systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-gpt-auto-generator and
1272 Portable Services use the concept without requiring UEFI.
1273
1274 * The GPT Discoverable Partitions Specifications has been extended with
1275 a new set of partitions that may carry PKCS#7 signatures for Verity
1276 partitions, encoded in a simple JSON format. This implements a simple
1277 mechanism for building disk images that are fully authenticated and
1278 can be tested against a set of cryptographic certificates. This is
1279 now implemented for the various systemd tools that can operate with
1280 disk images, such as systemd-nspawn, systemd-sysext, systemd-dissect,
1281 Portable services/RootImage=, systemd-tmpfiles, and systemd-sysusers.
1282 The PKCS#7 signatures are passed to the kernel (where they are
1283 checked against certificates from the kernel keyring), or can be
1284 verified against certificates provided in userspace (via a simple
1285 drop-in file mechanism).
1286
1287 * systemd-dissect's inspection logic will now report for which uses a
1288 disk image is intended. Specifically, it will display whether an
1289 image is suitable for booting on UEFI or in a container (using
1290 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch), whether it can be used as portable
1291 service, or attached as system extension.
1292
1293 * The system-extension.d/ drop-in files now support a new field
1294 SYSEXT_SCOPE= that may encode which purpose a system extension image
1295 is for: one of "initrd", "system" or "portable". This is useful to
1296 make images more self-descriptive, and to ensure system extensions
1297 cannot be attached in the wrong contexts.
1298
1299 * The os-release file learnt a new PORTABLE_PREFIXES= field which may
1300 be used in portable service images to indicate which unit prefixes
1301 are supported.
1302
1303 * The GPT image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn/systemd-dissect/…
1304 now is able to decode images for non-native architectures as well.
1305 This allows systemd-nspawn to boot images of non-native architectures
1306 if the corresponding user mode emulator is installed and
1307 systemd-binfmtd is running.
1308
1309 * systemd-logind gained new settings HandlePowerKeyLongPress=,
1310 HandleRebootKeyLongPress=, HandleSuspendKeyLongPress= and
1311 HandleHibernateKeyLongPress= which may be used to configure actions
1312 when the relevant keys are pressed for more than 5s. This is useful
1313 on devices that only have hardware for a subset of these keys. By
1314 default, if the reboot key is pressed long the poweroff operation is
1315 now triggered, and when the suspend key is pressed long the hibernate
1316 operation is triggered. Long pressing the other two keys currently
1317 does not trigger any operation by default.
1318
1319 * When showing unit status updates on the console during boot and
1320 shutdown, and a service is slow to start so that the cylon animation
1321 is shown, the most recent sd_notify() STATUS= text is now shown as
1322 well. Services may use this to make the boot/shutdown output easier
1323 to understand, and to indicate what precisely a service that is slow
1324 to start or stop is waiting for. In particular, the per-user service
1325 manager instance now reports what it is doing and which service it is
1326 waiting for this way to the system service manager.
1327
1328 * The service manager will now re-execute on reception of the
1329 SIGRTMIN+25 signal. It previously already did that on SIGTERM — but
1330 only when running as PID 1. There was no signal to request this when
1331 running as per-user service manager, i.e. as any other PID than 1.
1332 SIGRTMIN+25 works for both system and user managers.
1333
1334 * The hardware watchdog logic in PID 1 gained support for operating
1335 with the default timeout configured in the hardware, instead of
1336 insisting on re-configuring it. Set RuntimeWatchdogSec=default to
1337 request this behavior.
1338
1339 * A new kernel command line option systemd.watchdog_sec= is now
1340 understood which may be used to override the hardware watchdog
1341 time-out for the boot.
1342
1343 * A new setting DefaultOOMScoreAdjust= is now supported in
1344 /etc/systemd/system.conf and /etc/systemd/user.conf. It may be used
1345 to set the default process OOM score adjustment value for processes
1346 started by the service manager. For per-user service managers this
1347 now defaults to 100, but for per-system service managers is left as
1348 is. This means that by default now services forked off the user
1349 service manager are more likely to be killed by the OOM killer than
1350 system services or the managers themselves.
1351
1352 * A new per-service setting RestrictFileSystems= as been added that
1353 restricts the file systems a service has access to by their type.
1354 This is based on the new BPF LSM of the Linux kernel. It provides an
1355 effective way to make certain API file systems unavailable to
1356 services (and thus minimizing attack surface). A new command
1357 "systemd-analyze filesystems" has been added that lists all known
1358 file system types (and how they are grouped together under useful
1359 group handles).
1360
1361 * Services now support a new setting RestrictNetworkInterfaces= for
1362 restricting access to specific network interfaces.
1363
1364 * Service unit files gained new settings StartupAllowedCPUs= and
1365 StartupAllowedMemoryNodes=. These are similar to their counterparts
1366 without the "Startup" prefix and apply during the boot process
1367 only. This is useful to improve boot-time behavior of the system and
1368 assign resources differently during boot than during regular
1369 runtime. This is similar to the preexisting StartupCPUWeight=
1370 vs. CPUWeight.
1371
1372 * Related to this: the various StartupXYZ= settings
1373 (i.e. StartupCPUWeight=, StartupAllowedCPUs=, …) are now also applied
1374 during shutdown. The settings not prefixed with "Startup" hence apply
1375 during regular runtime, and those that are prefixed like that apply
1376 during boot and shutdown.
1377
1378 * A new per-unit set of conditions/asserts
1379 [Condition|Assert][Memory|CPU|IO]Pressure= have been added to make a
1380 unit skip/fail activation if the system's (or a slice's) memory/cpu/io
1381 pressure is above the configured threshold, using the kernel PSI
1382 feature. For more details see systemd.unit(5) and
1383 https://docs.kernel.org/accounting/psi.html
1384
1385 * The combination of ProcSubset=pid and ProtectKernelTunables=yes and/or
1386 ProtectKernelLogs=yes can now be used.
1387
1388 * The default maximum numbers of inodes have been raised from 64k to 1M
1389 for /dev/, and from 400k to 1M for /tmp/.
1390
1391 * The per-user service manager learnt support for communicating with
1392 systemd-oomd to acquire OOM kill information.
1393
1394 * A new service setting ExecSearchPath= has been added that allows
1395 changing the search path for executables for services. It affects
1396 where we look for the binaries specified in ExecStart= and similar,
1397 and the specified directories are also added the $PATH environment
1398 variable passed to invoked processes.
1399
1400 * A new setting RuntimeRandomizedExtraSec= has been added for service
1401 and scope units that allows extending the runtime time-out as
1402 configured by RuntimeMaxSec= with a randomized amount.
1403
1404 * The syntax of the service unit settings RuntimeDirectory=,
1405 StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=, LogsDirectory= has been extended:
1406 if the specified value is now suffixed with a colon, followed by
1407 another filename, the latter will be created as symbolic link to the
1408 specified directory. This allows creating these service directories
1409 together with alias symlinks to make them available under multiple
1410 names.
1411
1412 * Service unit files gained two new settings TTYRows=/TTYColumns= for
1413 configuring rows/columns of the TTY device passed to
1414 stdin/stdout/stderr of the service. This is useful to propagate TTY
1415 dimensions to a virtual machine.
1416
1417 * A new service unit file setting ExitType= has been added that
1418 specifies when to assume a service has exited. By default systemd
1419 only watches the main process of a service. By setting
1420 ExitType=cgroup it can be told to wait for the last process in a
1421 cgroup instead.
1422
1423 * Automount unit files gained a new setting ExtraOptions= that can be
1424 used to configure additional mount options to pass to the kernel when
1425 mounting the autofs instance.
1426
1427 * "Urlification" (generation of ESC sequences that generate clickable
1428 hyperlinks in modern terminals) may now be turned off altogether
1429 during build-time.
1430
1431 * Path units gained new TriggerLimitBurst= and TriggerLimitIntervalSec=
1432 settings that default to 200 and 2 s respectively. The ratelimit
1433 ensures that a path unit cannot cause PID1 to busy-loop when it is
1434 trying to trigger a service that is skipped because of a Condition*=
1435 not being satisfied. This matches the configuration and behaviour of
1436 socket units.
1437
1438 * The TPM2/FIDO2/PKCS11 support in systemd-cryptsetup is now also built
1439 as a plug-in for cryptsetup. This means the plain cryptsetup command
1440 may now be used to unlock volumes set up this way.
1441
1442 * The TPM2 logic in cryptsetup will now automatically detect systems
1443 where the TPM2 chip advertises SHA256 PCR banks but the firmware only
1444 updates the SHA1 banks. In such a case PCR policies will be
1445 automatically bound to the latter, not the former. This makes the PCR
1446 policies reliable, but of course do not provide the same level of
1447 trust as SHA256 banks.
1448
1449 * The TPM2 logic in systemd-cryptsetup/systemd-cryptsetup now supports
1450 RSA primary keys in addition to ECC, improving compatibility with
1451 TPM2 chips that do not support ECC. RSA keys are much slower to use
1452 than ECC, and hence are only used if ECC is not available.
1453
1454 * /etc/crypttab gained support for a new token-timeout= setting for
1455 encrypted volumes that allows configuration of the maximum time to
1456 wait for PKCS#11/FIDO2 tokens to be plugged in. If the time elapses
1457 the logic will query the user for a regular passphrase/recovery key
1458 instead.
1459
1460 * Support for activating dm-integrity volumes at boot via a new file
1461 /etc/integritytab and the tool systemd-integritysetup have been
1462 added. This is similar to /etc/crypttab and /etc/veritytab, but deals
1463 with dm-integrity instead of dm-crypt/dm-verity.
1464
1465 * The systemd-veritysetup-generator now understands a new usrhash=
1466 kernel command line option for specifying the Verity root hash for
1467 the partition backing the /usr/ file system. A matching set of
1468 systemd.verity_usr_* kernel command line options has been added as
1469 well. These all work similar to the corresponding options for the
1470 root partition.
1471
1472 * The sd-device API gained a new API call sd_device_get_diskseq() to
1473 return the DISKSEQ property of a device structure. The "disk
1474 sequence" concept is a new feature recently introduced to the Linux
1475 kernel that allows detecting reuse cycles of block devices, i.e. can
1476 be used to recognize when loopback block devices are reused for a
1477 different purpose or CD-ROM drives get their media changed.
1478
1479 * A new unit systemd-boot-update.service has been added. If enabled
1480 (the default) and the sd-boot loader is detected to be installed, it
1481 is automatically updated to the newest version when out of date. This
1482 is useful to ensure the boot loader remains up-to-date, and updates
1483 automatically propagate from the OS tree in /usr/.
1484
1485 * sd-boot will now build with SBAT by default in order to facilitate
1486 working with recent versions of Shim that require it to be present.
1487
1488 * sd-boot can now parse Microsoft Windows' Boot Configuration Data.
1489 This is used to robustly generate boot entry titles for Windows.
1490
1491 * A new generic target unit factory-reset.target has been added. It is
1492 hooked into systemd-logind similar in fashion to
1493 reboot/poweroff/suspend/hibernate, and is supposed to be used to
1494 initiate a factory reset operation. What precisely this operation
1495 entails is up for the implementer to decide, the primary goal of the
1496 new unit is provide a framework where to plug in the implementation
1497 and how to trigger it.
1498
1499 * A new meson build-time option 'clock-valid-range-usec-max' has been
1500 added which takes a time in µs and defaults to 15 years. If the RTC
1501 time is noticed to be more than the specified time ahead of the
1502 built-in epoch of systemd (which by default is the release timestamp
1503 of systemd) it is assumed that the RTC is not working correctly, and
1504 the RTC is reset to the epoch. (It already is reset to the epoch when
1505 noticed to be before it.) This should increase the chance that time
1506 doesn't accidentally jump too far ahead due to faulty hardware or
1507 batteries.
1508
1509 * A new setting SaveIntervalSec= has been added to systemd-timesyncd,
1510 which may be used to automatically save the current system time to
1511 disk in regular intervals. This is useful to maintain a roughly
1512 monotonic clock even without RTC hardware and with some robustness
1513 against abnormal system shutdown.
1514
1515 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for a pair of new --image= +
1516 --root= switches for verifying units below a specific root
1517 directory/image instead of on the host.
1518
1519 * systemd-analyze verify gained support for verifying unit files under
1520 an explicitly specified unit name, independently of what the filename
1521 actually is.
1522
1523 * systemd-analyze verify gained a new switch --recursive-errors= which
1524 controls whether to only fail on errors found in the specified units
1525 or recursively any dependent units.
1526
1527 * systemd-analyze security now supports a new --offline mode for
1528 analyzing unit files stored on disk instead of loaded units. It may
1529 be combined with --root=/--image to analyze unit files under a root
1530 directory or disk image. It also learnt a new --threshold= parameter
1531 for specifying an exposure level threshold: if the exposure level
1532 exceeds the specified value the call will fail. It also gained a new
1533 --security-policy= switch for configuring security policies to
1534 enforce on the units. A policy is a JSON file that lists which tests
1535 shall be weighted how much to determine the overall exposure
1536 level. Altogether these new features are useful for fully automatic
1537 analysis and enforcement of security policies on unit files.
1538
1539 * systemd-analyze security gain a new --json= switch for JSON output.
1540
1541 * systemd-analyze learnt a new --quiet switch for reducing
1542 non-essential output. It's honored by the "dot", "syscall-filter",
1543 "filesystems" commands.
1544
1545 * systemd-analyze security gained a --profile= option that can be used
1546 to take into account a portable profile when analyzing portable
1547 services, since a lot of the security-related settings are enabled
1548 through them.
1549
1550 * systemd-analyze learnt a new inspect-elf verb that parses ELF core
1551 files, binaries and executables and prints metadata information,
1552 including the build-id and other info described on:
1553 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA/
1554
1555 * .network files gained a new UplinkInterface= in the [IPv6SendRA]
1556 section, for automatically propagating DNS settings from other
1557 interfaces.
1558
1559 * The static lease DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd may now serve
1560 IP addresses outside of the configured IP pool range for the server.
1561
1562 * CAN support in systemd-networkd gained four new settings Loopback=,
1563 OneShot=, PresumeAck=, ClassicDataLengthCode= for tweaking CAN
1564 control modes. It gained a number of further settings for tweaking
1565 CAN timing quanta.
1566
1567 * The [CAN] section in .network file gained new TimeQuantaNSec=,
1568 PropagationSegment=, PhaseBufferSegment1=, PhaseBufferSegment2=,
1569 SyncJumpWidth=, DataTimeQuantaNSec=, DataPropagationSegment=,
1570 DataPhaseBufferSegment1=, DataPhaseBufferSegment2=, and
1571 DataSyncJumpWidth= settings to control bit-timing processed by the
1572 CAN interface.
1573
1574 * DHCPv4 client support in systemd-networkd learnt a new Label= option
1575 for configuring the address label to apply to configure IPv4
1576 addresses.
1577
1578 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files gained support for a new
1579 UseMTU= setting that may be used to control whether to apply the
1580 announced MTU settings to the local interface.
1581
1582 * The [DHCPv4] section in .network file gained a new Use6RD= boolean
1583 setting to control whether the DHCPv4 client request and process the
1584 DHCP 6RD option.
1585
1586 * The [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section in .network file is renamed to
1587 [DHCPPrefixDelegation], as now the prefix delegation is also supported
1588 with DHCPv4 protocol by enabling the Use6RD= setting.
1589
1590 * The [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section in .network file gained a new
1591 setting UplinkInterface= to specify the upstream interface.
1592
1593 * The [DHCPv6] section in .network file gained a new setting
1594 UseDelegatedPrefix= to control whether the delegated prefixes will be
1595 propagated to the downstream interfaces.
1596
1597 * The [IPv6AcceptRA] section of .network files now understands two new
1598 settings UseGateway=/UseRoutePrefix= for explicitly configuring
1599 whether to use the relevant fields from the IPv6 Router Advertisement
1600 records.
1601
1602 * The ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation= setting in the [DHCPv6] section
1603 has been removed. Please use the WithoutRA= and UseDelegatedPrefix=
1604 settings in the [DHCPv6] section and the DHCPv6Client= setting in the
1605 [IPv6AcceptRA] section to control when the DHCPv6 client is started
1606 and how the delegated prefixes are handled by the DHCPv6 client.
1607
1608 * The IPv6Token= section in the [Network] section is deprecated, and
1609 the [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained the Token= setting for its
1610 replacement. The [IPv6Prefix] section also gained the Token= setting.
1611 The Token= setting gained 'eui64' mode to explicitly configure an
1612 address with the EUI64 algorithm based on the interface MAC address.
1613 The 'prefixstable' mode can now optionally take a secret key. The
1614 Token= setting in the [DHCPPrefixDelegation] section now supports all
1615 algorithms supported by the same settings in the other sections.
1616
1617 * The [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network file gained a new
1618 SuppressInterfaceGroup= setting.
1619
1620 * The IgnoreCarrierLoss= setting in the [Network] section of .network
1621 files now allows a duration to be specified, controlling how long to
1622 wait before reacting to carrier loss.
1623
1624 * The [DHCPServer] section of .network file gained a new Router=
1625 setting to specify the router address.
1626
1627 * The [CAKE] section of .network files gained various new settings
1628 AutoRateIngress=, CompensationMode=, FlowIsolationMode=, NAT=,
1629 MPUBytes=, PriorityQueueingPreset=, FirewallMark=, Wash=, SplitGSO=,
1630 and UseRawPacketSize= for configuring CAKE.
1631
1632 * systemd-networkd now ships with new default .network files:
1633 80-container-vb.network which matches host-side network bridge device
1634 created by systemd-nspawn's --network-bridge or --network-zone
1635 switch, and 80-6rd-tunnel.network which matches automatically created
1636 sit tunnel with 6rd prefix when the DHCP 6RD option is received.
1637
1638 * systemd-networkd's handling of Endpoint= resolution for WireGuard
1639 interfaces has been improved.
1640
1641 * systemd-networkd will now automatically configure routes to addresses
1642 specified in AllowedIPs=. This feature can be controlled via
1643 RouteTable= and RouteMetric= settings in [WireGuard] or
1644 [WireGuardPeer] sections.
1645
1646 * systemd-networkd will now once again automatically generate persistent
1647 MAC addresses for batadv and bridge interfaces. Users can disable this
1648 by using MACAddress=none in .netdev files.
1649
1650 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support IP over InfiniBand
1651 interfaces. The Kind= setting in .netdev file accepts "ipoib". And
1652 systemd.netdev files gained the [IPoIB] section.
1653
1654 * systemd-networkd and systemd-udevd now support net.ifname-policy=
1655 option on the kernel command-line. This is implemented through the
1656 systemd-network-generator service that automatically generates
1657 appropriate .link, .network, and .netdev files.
1658
1659 * The various systemd-udevd "ethtool" buffer settings now understand
1660 the special value "max" to configure the buffers to the maximum the
1661 hardware supports.
1662
1663 * systemd-udevd's .link files may now configure a large variety of
1664 NIC coalescing settings, plus more hardware offload settings.
1665
1666 * .link files gained a new WakeOnLanPassword= setting in the [Link]
1667 section that allows to specify a WoL "SecureOn" password on hardware
1668 that supports this.
1669
1670 * systemd-nspawn's --setenv= switch now supports an additional syntax:
1671 if only a variable name is specified (i.e. without being suffixed by
1672 a '=' character and a value) the current value of the environment
1673 variable is propagated to the container. e.g. --setenv=FOO will
1674 lookup the current value of $FOO in the environment, and pass it down
1675 to the container. Similar behavior has been added to homectl's,
1676 machinectl's and systemd-run's --setenv= switch.
1677
1678 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --suppress-sync= which may be used
1679 to optionally suppress the effect of the sync()/fsync()/fdatasync()
1680 system calls for the container payload. This is useful for build
1681 system environments where safety against abnormal system shutdown is
1682 not essential as all build artifacts can be regenerated any time, but
1683 the performance win is beneficial.
1684
1685 * systemd-nspawn will now raise the RLIMIT_NOFILE hard limit to the
1686 same value that PID 1 uses for most forked off processes.
1687
1688 * systemd-nspawn's --bind=/--bind-ro= switches now optionally take
1689 uidmap/nouidmap options as last parameter. If "uidmap" is used the
1690 bind mounts are created with UID mapping taking place that ensures
1691 the host's file ownerships are mapped 1:1 to container file
1692 ownerships, even if user namespacing is used. This way
1693 files/directories bound into containers will no longer show up as
1694 owned by the nobody user as they typically did if no special care was
1695 taken to shift them manually.
1696
1697 * When discovering Windows installations sd-boot will now attempt to
1698 show the Windows version.
1699
1700 * The color scheme to use in sd-boot may now be configured at
1701 build-time.
1702
1703 * sd-boot gained the ability to change screen resolution during
1704 boot-time, by hitting the "r" key. This will cycle through available
1705 resolutions and save the last selection.
1706
1707 * sd-boot learnt a new hotkey "f". When pressed the system will enter
1708 firmware setup. This is useful in environments where it is difficult
1709 to hit the right keys early enough to enter the firmware, and works
1710 on any firmware regardless which key it natively uses.
1711
1712 * sd-boot gained support for automatically booting into the menu item
1713 selected on the last boot (using the "@saved" identifier for menu
1714 items).
1715
1716 * sd-boot gained support for automatically loading all EFI drivers
1717 placed in the /EFI/systemd/drivers/ subdirectory of the EFI System
1718 Partition (ESP). These drivers are loaded before the menu entries are
1719 loaded. This is useful e.g. to load additional file system drivers
1720 for the XBOOTLDR partition.
1721
1722 * systemd-boot will now paint the input cursor on its own instead of
1723 relying on the firmware to do so, increasing compatibility with broken
1724 firmware that doesn't make the cursor reasonably visible.
1725
1726 * sd-boot now embeds a .osrel PE section like we expect from Boot
1727 Loader Specification Type #2 Unified Kernels. This means sd-boot
1728 itself may be used in place of a Type #2 Unified Kernel. This is
1729 useful for debugging purposes as it allows chain-loading one a
1730 (development) sd-boot instance from another.
1731
1732 * sd-boot now supports a new "devicetree" field in Boot Loader
1733 Specification Type #1 entries: if configured the specified device
1734 tree file is installed before the kernel is invoked. This is useful
1735 for installing/applying new devicetree files without updating the
1736 kernel image.
1737
1738 * Similarly, sd-stub now can read devicetree data from a PE section
1739 ".dtb" and apply it before invoking the kernel.
1740
1741 * sd-stub (the EFI stub that can be glued in front of a Linux kernel)
1742 gained the ability to pick up credentials and sysext files, wrap them
1743 in a cpio archive, and pass as an additional initrd to the invoked
1744 Linux kernel, in effect placing those files in the /.extra/ directory
1745 of the initrd environment. This is useful to implement trusted initrd
1746 environments which are fully authenticated but still can be extended
1747 (via sysexts) and parameterized (via encrypted/authenticated
1748 credentials, see above).
1749
1750 Credentials can be located next to the kernel image file (credentials
1751 specific to a single boot entry), or in one of the shared directories
1752 (credentials applicable to multiple boot entries).
1753
1754 * sd-stub now comes with a full man page, that explains its feature set
1755 and how to combine a kernel image, an initrd and the stub to build a
1756 complete EFI unified kernel image, implementing Boot Loader
1757 Specification Type #2.
1758
1759 * sd-stub may now provide the initrd to the executed kernel via the
1760 LINUX_EFI_INITRD_MEDIA_GUID EFI protocol, adding compatibility for
1761 non-x86 architectures.
1762
1763 * bootctl learnt new set-timeout and set-timeout-oneshot commands that
1764 may be used to set the boot menu time-out of the boot loader (for all
1765 or just the subsequent boot).
1766
1767 * bootctl and kernel-install will now read variables
1768 KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT= from /etc/machine-info and layout= from
1769 /etc/kernel/install.conf. When set, it specifies the layout to use
1770 for installation directories on the boot partition, so that tools
1771 don't need to guess it based on the already-existing directories. The
1772 only value that is defined natively is "bls", corresponding to the
1773 layout specified in
1774 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION/. Plugins for
1775 kernel-install that implement a different layout can declare other
1776 values for this variable.
1777
1778 'bootctl install' will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT=bls, on the
1779 assumption that if the user installed sd-boot to the ESP, they intend
1780 to use the entry layout understood by sd-boot. It'll also write
1781 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= if it creates any directories using the ID
1782 (and it wasn't specified in the config file yet). Similarly,
1783 kernel-install will now write KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID= (if it
1784 wasn't specified in the config file yet). Effectively, those changes
1785 mean that the machine-id used for boot loader entry installation is
1786 "frozen" upon first use and becomes independent of the actual
1787 machine-id.
1788
1789 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID fixes the following problem:
1790 images created for distribution ("golden images") are built with no
1791 machine-id, so that a unique machine-id can be created on the first
1792 boot. But those images may contain boot loader entries with the
1793 machine-id used during build included in paths. Using a "frozen"
1794 value allows unambiguously identifying entries that match the
1795 specific installation, while still permitting parallel installations
1796 without conflict.
1797
1798 Configuring KERNEL_INSTALL_LAYOUT obviates the need for
1799 kernel-install to guess the installation layout. This fixes the
1800 problem where a (possibly empty) directory in the boot partition is
1801 created from a different layout causing kernel-install plugins to
1802 assume the wrong layout. A particular example of how this may happen
1803 is the grub2 package in Fedora which includes directories under /boot
1804 directly in its file list. Various other packages pull in grub2 as a
1805 dependency, so it may be installed even if unused, breaking
1806 installations that use the bls layout.
1807
1808 * bootctl and systemd-bless-boot can now be linked statically.
1809
1810 * systemd-sysext now optionally doesn't insist on extension-release.d/
1811 files being placed in the image under the image's file name. If the
1812 file system xattr user.extension-release.strict is set on the
1813 extension release file, it is accepted regardless of its name. This
1814 relaxes security restrictions a bit, as system extension may be
1815 attached under a wrong name this way.
1816
1817 * udevadm's test-builtin command learnt a new --action= switch for
1818 testing the built-in with the specified action (in place of the
1819 default 'add').
1820
1821 * udevadm info gained new switches --property=/--value for showing only
1822 specific udev properties/values instead of all.
1823
1824 * A new hwdb database has been added that contains matches for various
1825 types of signal analyzers (protocol analyzers, logic analyzers,
1826 oscilloscopes, multimeters, bench power supplies, etc.) that should
1827 be accessible to regular users.
1828
1829 * A new hwdb database entry has been added that carries information
1830 about types of cameras (regular or infrared), and in which direction
1831 they point (front or back).
1832
1833 * A new rule to allow console users access to rfkill by default has been
1834 added to hwdb.
1835
1836 * Device nodes for the Software Guard eXtension enclaves (sgx_vepc) are
1837 now also owned by the system group "sgx".
1838
1839 * A new build-time meson option "extra-net-naming-schemes=" has been
1840 added to define additional naming schemes schemes for udev's network
1841 interface naming logic. This is useful for enterprise distributions
1842 and similar which want to pin the schemes of certain distribution
1843 releases under a specific name and previously had to patch the
1844 sources to introduce new named schemes.
1845
1846 * The predictable naming logic for network interfaces has been extended
1847 to generate stable names from Xen netfront device information.
1848
1849 * hostnamed's chassis property can now be sourced from chassis-type
1850 field encoded in devicetree (in addition to the existing DMI
1851 support).
1852
1853 * systemd-cgls now optionally displays cgroup IDs and extended
1854 attributes for each cgroup. (Controllable via the new --xattr= +
1855 --cgroup-id= switches.)
1856
1857 * coredumpctl gained a new --all switch for operating on all
1858 Journal files instead of just the local ones.
1859
1860 * systemd-coredump will now use libdw/libelf via dlopen() rather than
1861 directly linking, allowing users to easily opt-out of backtrace/metadata
1862 analysis of core files, and reduce image sizes when this is not needed.
1863
1864 * systemd-coredump will now analyze core files with libdw/libelf in a
1865 forked, sandboxed process.
1866
1867 * systemd-homed will now try to unmount an activate home area in
1868 regular intervals once the user logged out fully. Previously this was
1869 attempted exactly once but if the home directory was busy for some
1870 reason it was not tried again.
1871
1872 * systemd-homed's LUKS2 home area backend will now create a BSD file
1873 system lock on the image file while the home area is active
1874 (i.e. mounted). If a home area is found to be locked, logins are
1875 politely refused. This should improve behavior when using home areas
1876 images that are accessible via the network from multiple clients, and
1877 reduce the chance of accidental file system corruption in that case.
1878
1879 * Optionally, systemd-homed will now drop the kernel buffer cache once
1880 a user has fully logged out, configurable via the new --drop-caches=
1881 homectl switch.
1882
1883 * systemd-homed now makes use of UID mapped mounts for the home areas.
1884 If the kernel and used file system support it, files are now
1885 internally owned by the "nobody" user (i.e. the user typically used
1886 for indicating "this ownership is not mapped"), and dynamically
1887 mapped to the UID used locally on the system via the UID mapping
1888 mount logic of recent kernels. This makes migrating home areas
1889 between different systems cheaper because recursively chown()ing file
1890 system trees is no longer necessary.
1891
1892 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend now optionally supports CIFS service
1893 names with a directory suffix, in order to place home directories in
1894 a subdirectory of a CIFS share, instead of the top-level directory.
1895
1896 * systemd-homed's CIFS backend gained support for specifying additional
1897 mount options in the JSON user record (cifsExtraMountOptions field,
1898 and --cifs-extra-mount-options= homectl switch). This is for example
1899 useful for configuring mount options such as "noserverino" that some
1900 SMB3 services require (use that to run a homed home directory from a
1901 FritzBox SMB3 share this way).
1902
1903 * systemd-homed will now default to btrfs' zstd compression for home
1904 areas. This is inspired by Fedora's recent decision to switch to zstd
1905 by default.
1906
1907 * Additional mount options to use when mounting the file system of
1908 LUKS2 volumes in systemd-homed has been added. Via the
1909 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_BTRFS, $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_EXT4,
1910 $SYSTEMD_HOME_MOUNT_OPTIONS_XFS environment variables to
1911 systemd-homed or via the luksExtraMountOptions user record JSON
1912 property. (Exposed via homectl --luks-extra-mount-options)
1913
1914 * homectl's resize command now takes the special size specifications
1915 "min" and "max" to shrink/grow the home area to the minimum/maximum
1916 size possible, taking disk usage/space constraints and file system
1917 limitations into account. Resizing is now generally graceful: the
1918 logic will try to get as close to the specified size as possible, but
1919 not consider it a failure if the request couldn't be fulfilled
1920 precisely.
1921
1922 * systemd-homed gained the ability to automatically shrink home areas
1923 on logout to their minimal size and grow them again on next
1924 login. This ensures that while inactive, a home area only takes up
1925 the minimal space necessary, but once activated, it provides
1926 sufficient space for the user's needs. This behavior is only
1927 supported if btrfs is used as file system inside the home area
1928 (because only for btrfs online growing/shrinking is implemented in
1929 the kernel). This behavior is now enabled by default, but may be
1930 controlled via the new --auto-resize-mode= setting of homectl.
1931
1932 * systemd-homed gained support for automatically re-balancing free disk
1933 space among active home areas, in case the LUKS2 backends are used,
1934 and no explicit disk size was requested. This way disk space is
1935 automatically managed and home areas resized in regular intervals and
1936 manual resizing when disk space becomes scarce should not be
1937 necessary anymore. This behavior is only supported if btrfs is used
1938 within the home areas (as only then online shrinking and growing is
1939 supported), and may be configured via the new rebalanceWeight JSON
1940 user record field (as exposed via the new --rebalance-weight= homectl
1941 setting). Re-balancing is mostly automatic, but can also be requested
1942 explicitly via "homectl rebalance", which is synchronous, and thus
1943 may be used to wait until the rebalance run is complete.
1944
1945 * userdbctl gained a --json= switch for configured the JSON formatting
1946 to use when outputting user or group records.
1947
1948 * userdbctl gained a new --multiplexer= switch for explicitly
1949 configuring whether to use the systemd-userdbd server side user
1950 record resolution logic.
1951
1952 * userdbctl's ssh-authorized-keys command learnt a new --chain switch,
1953 for chaining up another command to execute after completing the
1954 look-up. Since the OpenSSH's AuthorizedKeysCommand only allows
1955 configuration of a single command to invoke, this maybe used to
1956 invoke multiple: first userdbctl's own implementation, and then any
1957 other also configured in the command line.
1958
1959 * The sd-event API gained a new function sd_event_add_inotify_fd() that
1960 is similar to sd_event_add_inotify() but accepts a file descriptor
1961 instead of a path in the file system for referencing the inode to
1962 watch.
1963
1964 * The sd-event API gained a new function
1965 sd_event_source_set_ratelimit_expire_callback() that may be used to
1966 define a callback function that is called whenever an event source
1967 leaves the rate limiting phase.
1968
1969 * New documentation has been added explaining which steps are necessary
1970 to port systemd to a new architecture:
1971
1972 https://systemd.io/PORTING_TO_NEW_ARCHITECTURES
1973
1974 * The x-systemd.makefs option in /etc/fstab now explicitly supports
1975 ext2, ext3, and f2fs file systems.
1976
1977 * Mount units and units generated from /etc/fstab entries with 'noauto'
1978 are now ordered the same as other units. Effectively, they will be
1979 started earlier (if something actually pulled them in) and stopped
1980 later, similarly to normal mount units that are part of
1981 fs-local.target. This change should be invisible to users, but
1982 should prevent those units from being stopped too early during
1983 shutdown.
1984
1985 * The systemd-getty-generator now honors a new kernel command line
1986 argument systemd.getty_auto= and a new environment variable
1987 $SYSTEMD_GETTY_AUTO that allows turning it off at boot. This is for
1988 example useful to turn off gettys inside of containers or similar
1989 environments.
1990
1991 * systemd-resolved now listens on a second DNS stub address: 127.0.0.54
1992 (in addition to 127.0.0.53, as before). If DNS requests are sent to
1993 this address they are propagated in "bypass" mode only, i.e. are
1994 almost not processed locally, but mostly forwarded as-is to the
1995 current upstream DNS servers. This provides a stable DNS server
1996 address that proxies all requests dynamically to the right upstream
1997 DNS servers even if these dynamically change. This stub does not do
1998 mDNS/LLMNR resolution. However, it will translate look-ups to
1999 DNS-over-TLS if necessary. This new stub is particularly useful in
2000 container/VM environments, or for tethering setups: use DNAT to
2001 redirect traffic to any IP address to this stub.
2002
2003 * systemd-importd now honors new environment variables
2004 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_SUBVOL, $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_BTRFS_QUOTA,
2005 $SYSTEMD_IMPORT_SYNC, which may be used disable btrfs subvolume
2006 generation, btrfs quota setup and disk synchronization.
2007
2008 * systemd-importd and systemd-resolved can now be optionally built with
2009 OpenSSL instead of libgcrypt.
2010
2011 * systemd-repart no longer requires OpenSSL.
2012
2013 * systemd-sysusers will no longer create the redundant 'nobody' group
2014 by default, as the 'nobody' user is already created with an
2015 appropriate primary group.
2016
2017 * If a unit uses RuntimeMaxSec, systemctl show will now display it.
2018
2019 * systemctl show-environment gained support for --output=json.
2020
2021 * pam_systemd will now first try to use the X11 abstract socket, and
2022 fallback to the socket file in /tmp/.X11-unix/ only if that does not
2023 work.
2024
2025 * systemd-journald will no longer go back to volatile storage
2026 regardless of configuration when its unit is restarted.
2027
2028 * Initial support for the LoongArch architecture has been added (system
2029 call lists, GPT partition table UUIDs, etc).
2030
2031 * systemd-journald's own logging messages are now also logged to the
2032 journal itself when systemd-journald logs to /dev/kmsg.
2033
2034 * systemd-journald now re-enables COW for archived journal files on
2035 filesystems that support COW. One benefit of this change is that
2036 archived journal files will now get compressed on btrfs filesystems
2037 that have compression enabled.
2038
2039 * systemd-journald now deduplicates fields in a single log message
2040 before adding it to the journal. In archived journal files, it will
2041 also punch holes for unused parts and truncate the file as
2042 appropriate, leading to reductions in disk usage.
2043
2044 * journalctl --verify was extended with more informative error
2045 messages.
2046
2047 * More of sd-journal's functions are now resistant against journal file
2048 corruption.
2049
2050 * The shutdown command learnt a new option --show, to display the
2051 scheduled shutdown.
2052
2053 * A LICENSES/ directory is now included in the git tree. It contains a
2054 README.md file that explains the licenses used by source files in
2055 this repository. It also contains the text of all applicable
2056 licenses as they appear on spdx.org.
2057
2058 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, acsfer, Adolfo Jayme Barrientos,
2059 Adrian Vovk, Albert Brox, Alberto Mardegan, Alexander Kanavin,
2060 alexlzhu, Alfonso Sánchez-Beato, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross,
2061 Amir Omidi, Anatol Pomozov, Andika Triwidada, Andreas Rammhold,
2062 Andreas Valder, Andrej Lajovic, Andrew Soutar, Andrew Stone, Andy Chi,
2063 Anita Zhang, Anssi Hannula, Antonio Alvarez Feijoo,
2064 Antony Deepak Thomas, Arnaud Ferraris, Arvid E. Picciani,
2065 Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Herrenschmidt, Ben Stockett,
2066 Bogdan Seniuc, Boqun Feng, Carl Lei, chlorophyll-zz, Chris Packham,
2067 Christian Brauner, Christian Göttsche, Christian Wehrli,
2068 Christoph Anton Mitterer, Cristian Rodríguez, Daan De Meyer,
2069 Daniel Maixner, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Davide Cavalca,
2070 David Seifert, David Tardon, dependabot[bot], Dimitri John Ledkov,
2071 Dimitri Papadopoulos, Dimitry Ishenko, Dmitry Khlebnikov,
2072 Dominique Martinet, duament, Egor, Egor Ignatov, Emil Renner Berthing,
2073 Emily Gonyer, Ettore Atalan, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Florian Klink,
2074 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Geass-LL, Gibeom Gwon, GnunuX,
2075 Gogo Gogsi, gregzuro, Greg Zuro, Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede,
2076 Hela Basa, Henri Chain, hikigaya58, Hugo Carvalho,
2077 Hugo Osvaldo Barrera, Iago Lopez Galeiras, Iago López Galeiras,
2078 I-dont-need-name, igo95862, Jack Dähn, James Hilliard, Jan Janssen,
2079 Jan Kuparinen, Jan Macku, Jan Palus, Jarkko Sakkinen, Jayce Fayne,
2080 jiangchuangang, jlempen, John Lindgren, Jonas Dreßler, Jonas Jelten,
2081 Jonas Witschel, Joris Hartog, José Expósito, Julia Kartseva,
2082 Kai-Heng Feng, Kai Wohlfahrt, Kay Siver Bø, KennthStailey,
2083 Kevin Kuehler, Kevin Orr, Khem Raj, Kristian Klausen, Kyle Laker,
2084 lainahai, LaserEyess, Lennart Poettering, Lia Lenckowski, longpanda,
2085 Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Ludwig Nussel, Lukas Senionis,
2086 Maanya Goenka, Maciek Borzecki, Marcel Menzel, Marco Scardovi,
2087 Marcus Harrison, Mark Boudreau, Matthijs van Duin, Mauricio Vásquez,
2088 Maxime de Roucy, Max Resch, MertsA, Michael Biebl, Michael Catanzaro,
2089 Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Miika Karanki, Mike Gilbert,
2090 Milo Turner, ml, monosans, Nacho Barrientos, nassir90, Nishal Kulkarni,
2091 nl6720, Ondrej Kozina, Paulo Neves, Pavel Březina, pedro martelletto,
2092 Peter Hutterer, Peter Morrow, Piotr Drąg, Rasmus Villemoes, ratijas,
2093 Raul Tambre, rene, Riccardo Schirone, Robert-L-Turner, Robert Scheck,
2094 Ross Jennings, saikat0511, Scott Lamb, Scott Worley,
2095 Sergei Trofimovich, Sho Iizuka, Slava Bacherikov, Slimane Selyan Amiri,
2096 StefanBruens, Steven Siloti, svonohr, Taiki Sugawara, Takashi Sakamoto,
2097 Takuro Onoue, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas Mühlbacher,
2098 Tianlu Shao, Toke Høiland-Jørgensen, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson,
2099 Topi Miettinen, Ulrich Ölmann, Urs Ritzmann, Vincent Bernat,
2100 Vito Caputo, Vladimir Panteleev, WANG Xuerui, Wind/owZ, Wu Xiaotian,
2101 xdavidwu, Xiaotian Wu, xujing, yangmingtai, Yao Wei, Yao Wei (魏銘廷),
2102 Yegor Alexeyev, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
2103 Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
2104
2105 — Warsaw, 2021-12-23
2106
2107 CHANGES WITH 249:
2108
2109 * When operating on disk images via the --image= switch of various
2110 tools (such as systemd-nspawn or systemd-dissect), or when udev finds
2111 no 'root=' parameter on the kernel command line, and multiple
2112 suitable root or /usr/ partitions exist in the image, then a simple
2113 comparison inspired by strverscmp() is done on the GPT partition
2114 label, and the newest partition is picked. This permits a simple and
2115 generic whole-file-system A/B update logic where new operating system
2116 versions are dropped into partitions whose label is then updated with
2117 a matching version identifier.
2118
2119 * systemd-sysusers now supports querying the passwords to set for the
2120 users it creates via the "credentials" logic introduced in v247: the
2121 passwd.hashed-password.<user> and passwd.plaintext-password.<user>
2122 credentials are consulted for the password to use (either in UNIX
2123 hashed form, or literally). By default these credentials are inherited
2124 down from PID1 (which in turn imports it from a container manager if
2125 there is one). This permits easy configuration of user passwords
2126 during first boot. Example:
2127
2128 # systemd-nspawn -i foo.raw --volatile=yes --set-credential=passwd.plaintext-password.root:foo
2129
2130 Note that systemd-sysusers operates in purely additive mode: it
2131 executes no operation if the declared users already exist, and hence
2132 doesn't set any passwords as effect of the command line above if the
2133 specified root user exists already in the image. (Note that
2134 --volatile=yes ensures it doesn't, though.)
2135
2136 * systemd-firstboot now also supports querying various system
2137 parameters via the credential subsystems. Thus, as above this may be
2138 used to initialize important system parameters on first boot of
2139 previously unprovisioned images (i.e. images with a mostly empty
2140 /etc/).
2141
2142 * PID 1 may now show both the unit name and the unit description
2143 strings in its status output during boot. This may be configured with
2144 StatusUnitFormat=combined in system.conf or
2145 systemd.status-unit-format=combined on the kernel command line.
2146
2147 * The systemd-machine-id-setup tool now supports a --image= switch for
2148 provisioning a machine ID file into an OS disk image, similar to how
2149 --root= operates on an OS file tree. This matches the existing switch
2150 of the same name for systemd-tmpfiles, systemd-firstboot, and
2151 systemd-sysusers tools.
2152
2153 * Similarly, systemd-repart gained support for the --image= switch too.
2154 In combination with the existing --size= option, this makes the tool
2155 particularly useful for easily growing disk images in a single
2156 invocation, following the declarative rules included in the image
2157 itself.
2158
2159 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
2160 new switch MakeDirectories= which may be used to create arbitrary
2161 directories inside file systems that are created, before registering
2162 them in the partition table. This is useful in particular for root
2163 partitions to create mount point directories for other partitions
2164 included in the image. For example, a disk image that contains a
2165 root, /home/, and /var/ partitions, may set MakeDirectories=yes to
2166 create /home/ and /var/ as empty directories in the root file system
2167 on its creation, so that the resulting image can be mounted
2168 immediately, even in read-only mode.
2169
2170 * systemd-repart's CopyBlocks= setting gained support for the special
2171 value "auto". If used, a suitable matching partition on the booted OS
2172 is found as source to copy blocks from. This is useful when
2173 implementing replicating installers, that are booted from one medium
2174 and then stream their own root partition onto the target medium.
2175
2176 * systemd-repart's partition configuration files gained support for a
2177 Flags=, a ReadOnly= and a NoAuto= setting, allowing control of these
2178 GPT partition flags for the created partitions: this is useful for
2179 marking newly created partitions as read-only, or as not being
2180 subject for automatic mounting from creation on.
2181
2182 * The /etc/os-release file has been extended with two new (optional)
2183 variables IMAGE_VERSION= and IMAGE_ID=, carrying identity and version
2184 information for OS images that are updated comprehensively and
2185 atomically as one image. Two new specifiers %M, %A now resolve to
2186 these two fields in the various configuration options that resolve
2187 specifiers.
2188
2189 * portablectl gained a new switch --extension= for enabling portable
2190 service images with extensions that follow the extension image
2191 concept introduced with v248, and thus allows layering multiple
2192 images when setting up the root filesystem of the service.
2193
2194 * systemd-coredump will now extract ELF build-id information from
2195 processes dumping core and include it in the coredump report.
2196 Moreover, it will look for ELF .note.package sections with
2197 distribution packaging meta-information about the crashing process.
2198 This is useful to directly embed the rpm or deb (or any other)
2199 package name and version in ELF files, making it easy to match
2200 coredump reports with the specific package for which the software was
2201 compiled. This is particularly useful on environments with ELF files
2202 from multiple vendors, different distributions and versions, as is
2203 common today in our containerized and sand-boxed world. For further
2204 information, see:
2205
2206 https://systemd.io/COREDUMP_PACKAGE_METADATA
2207
2208 * A new udev hardware database has been added for FireWire devices
2209 (IEEE 1394).
2210
2211 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated with three
2212 backwards-incompatible changes:
2213
2214 - PCI hotplug slot names on s390 systems are now parsed as
2215 hexadecimal numbers. They were incorrectly parsed as decimal
2216 previously, or ignored if the name was not a valid decimal
2217 number.
2218
2219 - PCI onboard indices up to 65535 are allowed. Previously, numbers
2220 above 16383 were rejected. This primarily impacts s390 systems,
2221 where values up to 65535 are used.
2222
2223 - Invalid characters in interface names are replaced with "_".
2224
2225 The new version of the net naming scheme is "v249". The previous
2226 scheme can be selected via the "net.naming-scheme=v247" kernel
2227 command line parameter.
2228
2229 * sd-bus' sd_bus_is_ready() and sd_bus_is_open() calls now accept a
2230 NULL bus object, for which they will return false. Or in other words,
2231 an unallocated bus connection is neither ready nor open.
2232
2233 * The sd-device API acquired a new API function
2234 sd_device_get_usec_initialized() that returns the monotonic time when
2235 the udev device first appeared in the database.
2236
2237 * sd-device gained a new APIs sd_device_trigger_with_uuid() and
2238 sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). The former is similar to
2239 sd_device_trigger() but returns a randomly generated UUID that is
2240 associated with the synthetic uevent generated by the call. This UUID
2241 may be read from the sd_device object a monitor eventually receives,
2242 via the sd_device_get_trigger_uuid(). This interface requires kernel
2243 4.13 or above to work, and allows tracking a synthetic uevent through
2244 the entire device management stack. The "udevadm trigger --settle"
2245 logic has been updated to make use of this concept if available to
2246 wait precisely for the uevents it generates. "udevadm trigger" also
2247 gained a new parameter --uuid that prints the UUID for each generated
2248 uevent.
2249
2250 * sd-device also gained new APIs sd_device_new_from_ifname() and
2251 sd_device_new_from_ifindex() for allocating an sd-device object for
2252 the specified network interface. The former accepts an interface name
2253 (either a primary or an alternative name), the latter an interface
2254 index.
2255
2256 * The native Journal protocol has been documented. Clients may talk
2257 this as alternative to the classic BSD syslog protocol for locally
2258 delivering log records to the Journal. The protocol has been stable
2259 for a long time and in fact been implemented already in a variety
2260 of alternative client libraries. This documentation makes the support
2261 for that official:
2262
2263 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_NATIVE_PROTOCOL
2264
2265 * A new BPFProgram= setting has been added to service files. It may be
2266 set to a path to a loaded kernel BPF program, i.e. a path to a bpffs
2267 file, or a bind mount or symlink to one. This may be used to upload
2268 and manage BPF programs externally and then hook arbitrary systemd
2269 services into them.
2270
2271 * The "home.arpa" domain that has been officially declared as the
2272 choice for domain for local home networks per RFC 8375 has been added
2273 to the default NTA list of resolved, since DNSSEC is generally not
2274 available on private domains.
2275
2276 * The CPUAffinity= setting of unit files now resolves "%" specifiers.
2277
2278 * A new ManageForeignRoutingPolicyRules= setting has been added to
2279 .network files which may be used to exclude foreign-created routing
2280 policy rules from systemd-networkd management.
2281
2282 * systemd-network-wait-online gained two new switches -4 and -6 that
2283 may be used to tweak whether to wait for only IPv4 or only IPv6
2284 connectivity.
2285
2286 * .network files gained a new RequiredFamilyForOnline= setting to
2287 fine-tune whether to require an IPv4 or IPv6 address in order to
2288 consider an interface "online".
2289
2290 * networkctl will now show an over-all "online" state in the per-link
2291 information.
2292
2293 * In .network files a new OutgoingInterface= setting has been added to
2294 specify the output interface in bridge FDB setups.
2295
2296 * In .network files the Multipath group ID may now be configured for
2297 [NextHop] entries, via the new Group= setting.
2298
2299 * The DHCP server logic configured in .network files gained a new
2300 setting RelayTarget= that turns the server into a DHCP server relay.
2301 The RelayAgentCircuitId= and RelayAgentRemoteId= settings may be used
2302 to further tweak the DHCP relay behaviour.
2303
2304 * The DHCP server logic also gained a new ServerAddress= setting in
2305 .network files that explicitly specifies the server IP address to
2306 use. If not specified, the address is determined automatically, as
2307 before.
2308
2309 * The DHCP server logic in systemd-networkd gained support for static
2310 DHCP leases, configurable via the [DHCPServerStaticLease]
2311 section. This allows explicitly mapping specific MAC addresses to
2312 fixed IP addresses and vice versa.
2313
2314 * The RestrictAddressFamilies= setting in service files now supports a
2315 new special value "none". If specified sockets of all address
2316 families will be made unavailable to services configured that way.
2317
2318 * systemd-fstab-generator and systemd-repart have been updated to
2319 support booting from disks that carry only a /usr/ partition but no
2320 root partition yet, and where systemd-repart can add it in on the
2321 first boot. This is useful for implementing systems that ship with a
2322 single /usr/ file system, and whose root file system shall be set up
2323 and formatted on a LUKS-encrypted volume whose key is generated
2324 locally (and possibly enrolled in the TPM) during the first boot.
2325
2326 * The [Address] section of .network files now accepts a new
2327 RouteMetric= setting that configures the routing metric to use for
2328 the prefix route created as effect of the address configuration.
2329 Similarly, the [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] and [IPv6Prefix] sections
2330 gained matching settings for their prefix routes. (The option of the
2331 same name in the [DHCPv6] section is moved to [IPv6AcceptRA], since
2332 it conceptually belongs there; the old option is still understood for
2333 compatibility.)
2334
2335 * The DHCPv6 IAID and DUID are now explicitly configurable in .network
2336 files.
2337
2338 * A new udev property ID_NET_DHCP_BROADCAST on network interface
2339 devices is now honoured by systemd-networkd, controlling whether to
2340 issue DHCP offers via broadcasting. This is used to ensure that s390
2341 layer 3 network interfaces work out-of-the-box with systemd-networkd.
2342
2343 * nss-myhostname and systemd-resolved will now synthesize address
2344 records for a new special hostname "_outbound". The name will always
2345 resolve to the local IP addresses most likely used for outbound
2346 connections towards the default routes. On multi-homed hosts this is
2347 useful to have a stable handle referring to "the" local IP address
2348 that matters most, to the point where this is defined.
2349
2350 * The Discoverable Partition Specification has been updated with a new
2351 GPT partition flag "grow-file-system" defined for its partition
2352 types. Whenever partitions with this flag set are automatically
2353 mounted (i.e. via systemd-gpt-auto-generator or the --image= switch
2354 of systemd-nspawn or other tools; and as opposed to explicit mounting
2355 via /etc/fstab), the file system within the partition is
2356 automatically grown to the full size of the partition. If the file
2357 system size already matches the partition size this flag has no
2358 effect. Previously, this functionality has been available via the
2359 explicit x-systemd.growfs mount option, and this new flag extends
2360 this to automatically discovered mounts. A new GrowFileSystem=
2361 setting has been added to systemd-repart drop-in files that allows
2362 configuring this partition flag. This new flag defaults to on for
2363 partitions automatically created by systemd-repart, except if they
2364 are marked read-only. See the specification for further details:
2365
2366 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
2367
2368 * .network files gained a new setting RoutesToNTP= in the [DHCPv4]
2369 section. If enabled (which is the default), and an NTP server address
2370 is acquired through a DHCP lease on this interface an explicit route
2371 to this address is created on this interface to ensure that NTP
2372 traffic to the NTP server acquired on an interface is also routed
2373 through that interface. The pre-existing RoutesToDNS= setting that
2374 implements the same for DNS servers is now enabled by default.
2375
2376 * A pair of service settings SocketBindAllow= + SocketBindDeny= have
2377 been added that may be used to restrict the network interfaces
2378 sockets created by the service may be bound to. This is implemented
2379 via BPF.
2380
2381 * A new ConditionFirmware= setting has been added to unit files to
2382 conditionalize on certain firmware features. At the moment it may
2383 check whether running on an UEFI system, a device.tree system, or if
2384 the system is compatible with some specified device-tree feature.
2385
2386 * A new ConditionOSRelease= setting has been added to unit files to
2387 check os-release(5) fields. The "=", "!=", "<", "<=", ">=", ">"
2388 operators may be used to check if some field has some specific value
2389 or do an alphanumerical comparison. Equality comparisons are useful
2390 for fields like ID, but relative comparisons for fields like
2391 VERSION_ID or IMAGE_VERSION.
2392
2393 * hostnamed gained a new Describe() D-Bus method that returns a JSON
2394 serialization of the host data it exposes. This is exposed via
2395 "hostnamectl --json=" to acquire a host identity description in JSON.
2396 It's our intention to add a similar features to most services and
2397 objects systemd manages, in order to simplify integration with
2398 program code that can consume JSON.
2399
2400 * Similarly, networkd gained a Describe() method on its Manager and
2401 Link bus objects. This is exposed via "networkctl --json=".
2402
2403 * hostnamectl's various "get-xyz"/"set-xyz" verb pairs
2404 (e.g. "hostnamectl get-hostname", "hostnamectl "set-hostname") have
2405 been replaced by a single "xyz" verb (e.g. "hostnamectl hostname")
2406 that is used both to get the value (when no argument is given), and
2407 to set the value (when an argument is specified). The old names
2408 continue to be supported for compatibility.
2409
2410 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= are now able to
2411 correctly identify Amazon EC2 environments.
2412
2413 * The LogLevelMax= setting of unit files now applies not only to log
2414 messages generated *by* the service, but also to log messages
2415 generated *about* the service by PID 1. To suppress logs concerning a
2416 specific service comprehensively, set this option to a high log
2417 level.
2418
2419 * bootctl gained support for a new --make-machine-id-directory= switch
2420 that allows precise control on whether to create the top-level
2421 per-machine directory in the boot partition that typically contains
2422 Type 1 boot loader entries.
2423
2424 * During build SBAT data to include in the systemd-boot EFI PE binaries
2425 may be specified now.
2426
2427 * /etc/crypttab learnt a new option "headless". If specified any
2428 requests to query the user interactively for passwords or PINs will
2429 be skipped. This is useful on systems that are headless, i.e. where
2430 an interactive user is generally not present.
2431
2432 * /etc/crypttab also learnt a new option "password-echo=" that allows
2433 configuring whether the encryption password prompt shall echo the
2434 typed password and if so, do so literally or via asterisks. (The
2435 default is the same behaviour as before: provide echo feedback via
2436 asterisks.)
2437
2438 * FIDO2 support in systemd-cryptenroll/systemd-cryptsetup and
2439 systemd-homed has been updated to allow explicit configuration of the
2440 "user presence" and "user verification" checks, as well as whether a
2441 PIN is required for authentication, via the new switches
2442 --fido2-with-user-presence=, --fido2-with-user-verification=,
2443 --fido2-with-client-pin= to systemd-cryptenroll and homectl. Which
2444 features are available, and may be enabled or disabled depends on the
2445 used FIDO2 token.
2446
2447 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user= switch now accepts the special value
2448 "identity" which configures a user namespacing environment with an
2449 identity mapping of 65535 UIDs. This means the container UID 0 is
2450 mapped to the host UID 0, and the UID 1 to host UID 1. On first look
2451 this doesn't appear to be useful, however it does reduce the attack
2452 surface a bit, since the resulting container will possess process
2453 capabilities only within its namespace and not on the host.
2454
2455 * systemd-nspawn's --private-user-chown switch has been replaced by a
2456 more generic --private-user-ownership= switch that accepts one of
2457 three values: "chown" is equivalent to the old --private-user-chown,
2458 and "off" is equivalent to the absence of the old switch. The value
2459 "map" uses the new UID mapping mounts of Linux 5.12 to map ownership
2460 of files and directories of the underlying image to the chosen UID
2461 range for the container. "auto" is equivalent to "map" if UID mapping
2462 mount are supported, otherwise it is equivalent to "chown". The short
2463 -U switch systemd-nspawn now implies --private-user-ownership=auto
2464 instead of the old --private-user-chown. Effectively this means: if
2465 the backing file system supports UID mapping mounts the feature is
2466 now used by default if -U is used. Generally, it's a good idea to use
2467 UID mapping mounts instead of recursive chown()ing, since it allows
2468 running containers off immutable images (since no modifications of
2469 the images need to take place), and share images between multiple
2470 instances. Moreover, the recursive chown()ing operation is slow and
2471 can be avoided. Conceptually it's also a good thing if transient UID
2472 range uses do not leak into persistent file ownership anymore. TLDR:
2473 finally, the last major drawback of user namespacing has been
2474 removed, and -U should always be used (unless you use btrfs, where
2475 UID mapped mounts do not exist; or your container actually needs
2476 privileges on the host).
2477
2478 * nss-systemd now synthesizes user and group shadow records in addition
2479 to the main user and group records. Thus, hashed passwords managed by
2480 systemd-homed are now accessible via the shadow database.
2481
2482 * The userdb logic (and thus nss-systemd, and so on) now read
2483 additional user/group definitions in JSON format from the drop-in
2484 directories /etc/userdb/, /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/ and
2485 /usr/lib/userdb/. This is a simple and powerful mechanism for making
2486 additional users available to the system, with full integration into
2487 NSS including the shadow databases. Since the full JSON user/group
2488 record format is supported this may also be used to define users with
2489 resource management settings and other runtime settings that
2490 pam_systemd and systemd-logind enforce at login.
2491
2492 * The userdbctl tool gained two new switches --with-dropin= and
2493 --with-varlink= which can be used to fine-tune the sources used for
2494 user database lookups.
2495
2496 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --bind-user= for binding a host
2497 user account into the container. This does three things: the user's
2498 home directory is bind mounted from the host into the container,
2499 below the /run/userdb/home/ hierarchy. A free UID is picked in the
2500 container, and a user namespacing UID mapping to the host user's UID
2501 installed. And finally, a minimal JSON user and group record (along
2502 with its hashed password) is dropped into /run/host/userdb/. These
2503 records are picked up automatically by the userdb drop-in logic
2504 describe above, and allow the user to login with the same password as
2505 on the host. Effectively this means: if host and container run new
2506 enough systemd versions making a host user available to the container
2507 is trivially simple.
2508
2509 * systemd-journal-gatewayd now supports the switches --user, --system,
2510 --merge, --file= that are equivalent to the same switches of
2511 journalctl, and permit exposing only the specified subset of the
2512 Journal records.
2513
2514 * The OnFailure= dependency between units is now augmented with a
2515 implicit reverse dependency OnFailureOf= (this new dependency cannot
2516 be configured directly it's only created as effect of an OnFailure=
2517 dependency in the reverse order — it's visible in "systemctl show"
2518 however). Similar, Slice= now has an reverse dependency SliceOf=,
2519 that is also not configurable directly, but useful to determine all
2520 units that are members of a slice.
2521
2522 * A pair of new dependency types between units PropagatesStopTo= +
2523 StopPropagatedFrom= has been added, that allows propagation of unit
2524 stop events between two units. It operates similar to the existing
2525 PropagatesReloadTo= + ReloadPropagatedFrom= dependencies.
2526
2527 * A new dependency type OnSuccess= has been added (plus the reverse
2528 dependency OnSuccessOf=, which cannot be configured directly, but
2529 exists only as effect of the reverse OnSuccess=). It is similar to
2530 OnFailure=, but triggers in the opposite case: when a service exits
2531 cleanly. This allows "chaining up" of services where one or more
2532 services are started once another service has successfully completed.
2533
2534 * A new dependency type Upholds= has been added (plus the reverse
2535 dependency UpheldBy=, which cannot be configured directly, but exists
2536 only as effect of Upholds=). This dependency type is a stronger form
2537 of Wants=: if a unit has an UpHolds= dependency on some other unit
2538 and the former is active then the latter is started whenever it is
2539 found inactive (and no job is queued for it). This is an alternative
2540 to Restart= inside service units, but less configurable, and the
2541 request to uphold a unit is not encoded in the unit itself but in
2542 another unit that intends to uphold it.
2543
2544 * The systemd-ask-password tool now also supports reading passwords
2545 from the credentials subsystem, via the new --credential= switch.
2546
2547 * The systemd-ask-password tool learnt a new switch --emoji= which may
2548 be used to explicit control whether the lock and key emoji (🔐) is
2549 shown in the password prompt on suitable TTYs.
2550
2551 * The --echo switch of systemd-ask-password now optionally takes a
2552 parameter that controls character echo. It may either show asterisks
2553 (default, as before), turn echo off entirely, or echo the typed
2554 characters literally.
2555
2556 * The systemd-ask-password tool also gained a new -n switch for
2557 suppressing output of a trailing newline character when writing the
2558 acquired password to standard output, similar to /bin/echo's -n
2559 switch.
2560
2561 * New documentation has been added that describes the organization of
2562 the systemd source code tree:
2563
2564 https://systemd.io/ARCHITECTURE
2565
2566 * Units using ConditionNeedsUpdate= will no longer be activated in
2567 the initrd.
2568
2569 * It is now possible to list a template unit in the WantedBy= or
2570 RequiredBy= settings of the [Install] section of another template
2571 unit, which will be instantiated using the same instance name.
2572
2573 * A new MemoryAvailable property is available for units. If the unit,
2574 or the slices it is part of, have a memory limit set via MemoryMax=/
2575 MemoryHigh=, MemoryAvailable will indicate how much more memory the
2576 unit can claim before hitting the limits.
2577
2578 * systemd-coredump will now try to stay below the cgroup memory limit
2579 placed on itself or one of the slices it runs under, if the storage
2580 area for core files (/var/lib/systemd/coredump/) is placed on a tmpfs,
2581 since files written on such filesystems count toward the cgroup memory
2582 limit. If there is not enough available memory in such cases to store
2583 the core file uncompressed, systemd-coredump will skip to compressed
2584 storage directly (if enabled) and it will avoid analyzing the core file
2585 to print backtrace and metadata in the journal.
2586
2587 * tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins gained a new '=' modifier to check if the type
2588 of a path matches the configured expectations, and remove it if not.
2589
2590 * tmpfiles.d/'s 'Age' now accepts an 'age-by' argument, which allows to
2591 specify which of the several available filesystem timestamps (access
2592 time, birth time, change time, modification time) to look at when
2593 deciding whether a path has aged enough to be cleaned.
2594
2595 * A new IPv6StableSecretAddress= setting has been added to .network
2596 files, which takes an IPv6 address to use as secret for IPv6 address
2597 generation.
2598
2599 * The [DHCPServer] logic in .network files gained support for a new
2600 UplinkInterface= setting that permits configuration of the uplink
2601 interface name to propagate DHCP lease information from.
2602
2603 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files now accepts a list of flags
2604 instead of a single one, to configure multiple wake-on-LAN policies.
2605
2606 * User-space defined tracepoints (USDT) have been added to udev at
2607 strategic locations. This is useful for tracing udev behaviour and
2608 performance with bpftrace and similar tools.
2609
2610 * systemd-journald-upload gained a new NetworkTimeoutSec= option for
2611 setting a network timeout time.
2612
2613 * If a system service is running in a new mount namespace (RootDirectory=
2614 and friends), all file systems will be mounted with MS_NOSUID by
2615 default, unless the system is running with SELinux enabled.
2616
2617 * When enumerating time zones the timedatectl tool will now consult the
2618 'tzdata.zi' file shipped by the IANA time zone database package, in
2619 addition to 'zone1970.tab', as before. This makes sure time zone
2620 aliases are now correctly supported. Some distributions so far did
2621 not install this additional file, most do however. If you
2622 distribution does not install it yet, it might make sense to change
2623 that.
2624
2625 * Intel HID rfkill event is no longer masked, since it's the only
2626 source of rfkill event on newer HP laptops. To have both backward and
2627 forward compatibility, userspace daemon needs to debounce duplicated
2628 events in a short time window.
2629
2630 Contributions from: Aakash Singh, adrian5, Albert Brox,
2631 Alexander Sverdlin, Alexander Tsoy, Alexey Rubtsov, alexlzhu,
2632 Allen Webb, Alvin Šipraga, Alyssa Ross, Anders Wenhaug,
2633 Andrea Pappacoda, Anita Zhang, asavah, Balint Reczey, Bertrand Jacquin,
2634 borna-blazevic, caoxia2008cxx, Carlo Teubner, Christian Göttsche,
2635 Christian Hesse, Daniel Schaefer, Dan Streetman,
2636 David Santamaría Rogado, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, dgcampea,
2637 Dimitri John Ledkov, ei-ke, Emilio Herrera, Emil Renner Berthing,
2638 Eric Cook, Flos Lonicerae, Franck Bui, Francois Gervais,
2639 Frantisek Sumsal, Gibeom Gwon, gitm0, Hamish Moffatt, Hans de Goede,
2640 Harsh Barsaiyan, Henri Chain, Hristo Venev, Icenowy Zheng, Igor Zhbanov,
2641 imayoda, Jakub Warczarek, James Buren, Jan Janssen, Jan Macku,
2642 Jan Synacek, Jason Francis, Jayanth Ananthapadmanaban, Jeremy Szu,
2643 Jérôme Carretero, Jesse Stricker, jiangchuangang, Joerg Behrmann,
2644 Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jörg Deckert, Jörg Thalheim, Juergen Hoetzel,
2645 Julia Kartseva, Kai-Heng Feng, Khem Raj, KoyamaSohei, laineantti,
2646 Lennart Poettering, LetzteInstanz, Luca Adrian L, Luca Boccassi,
2647 Lucas Magasweran, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marco Antonio Mauro, Mark Wielaard,
2648 Masahiro Matsuya, Matt Johnston, Michael Catanzaro, Michal Koutný,
2649 Michal Sekletár, Mike Crowe, Mike Kazantsev, Milan, milaq,
2650 Miroslav Suchý, Morten Linderud, nerdopolis, nl6720, Noah Meyerhans,
2651 Oleg Popov, Olle Lundberg, Ondrej Kozina, Paweł Marciniak, Perry.Yuan,
2652 Peter Hutterer, Peter Kjellerstedt, Peter Morrow, Phaedrus Leeds,
2653 plattrap, qhill, Raul Tambre, Roman Beranek, Roshan Shariff,
2654 Ryan Hendrickson, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sebastian Blunt,
2655 Seong-ho Cho, Sergey Bugaev, Sevan Janiyan, Sibo Dong, simmon,
2656 Simon Watts, Srinidhi Kaushik, Štěpán Němec, Steve Bonds, Susant Sahani,
2657 sverdlin, syyhao1994, Takashi Sakamoto, Topi Miettinen, tramsay,
2658 Trent Piepho, Uwe Kleine-König, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vincent Dechenaux,
2659 Vito Caputo, William A. Kennington III, Yangyang Shen, Yegor Alexeyev,
2660 Yi Gao, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsien, наб
2661
2662 — Edinburgh, 2021-07-07
2663
2664 CHANGES WITH 248:
2665
2666 * A concept of system extension images is introduced. Such images may
2667 be used to extend the /usr/ and /opt/ directory hierarchies at
2668 runtime with additional files (even if the file system is read-only).
2669 When a system extension image is activated, its /usr/ and /opt/
2670 hierarchies and os-release information are combined via overlayfs
2671 with the file system hierarchy of the host OS.
2672
2673 A new systemd-sysext tool can be used to merge, unmerge, list, and
2674 refresh system extension hierarchies. See
2675 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-sysext.html.
2676
2677 The systemd-sysext.service automatically merges installed system
2678 extensions during boot (before basic.target, but not in very early
2679 boot, since various file systems have to be mounted first).
2680
2681 The SYSEXT_LEVEL= field in os-release(5) may be used to specify the
2682 supported system extension level.
2683
2684 * A new ExtensionImages= unit setting can be used to apply the same
2685 system extension image concept from systemd-sysext to the namespaced
2686 file hierarchy of specific services, following the same rules and
2687 constraints.
2688
2689 * Support for a new special "root=tmpfs" kernel command-line option has
2690 been added. When specified, a tmpfs is mounted on /, and mount.usr=
2691 should be used to point to the operating system implementation.
2692
2693 * A new configuration file /etc/veritytab may be used to configure
2694 dm-verity integrity protection for block devices. Each line is in the
2695 format "volume-name data-device hash-device roothash options",
2696 similar to /etc/crypttab.
2697
2698 * A new kernel command-line option systemd.verity.root_options= may be
2699 used to configure dm-verity behaviour for the root device.
2700
2701 * The key file specified in /etc/crypttab (the third field) may now
2702 refer to an AF_UNIX/SOCK_STREAM socket in the file system. The key is
2703 acquired by connecting to that socket and reading from it. This
2704 allows the implementation of a service to provide key information
2705 dynamically, at the moment when it is needed.
2706
2707 * When the hostname is set explicitly to "localhost", systemd-hostnamed
2708 will respect this. Previously such a setting would be mostly silently
2709 ignored. The goal is to honour configuration as specified by the
2710 user.
2711
2712 * The fallback hostname that will be used by the system manager and
2713 systemd-hostnamed can now be configured in two new ways: by setting
2714 DEFAULT_HOSTNAME= in os-release(5), or by setting
2715 $SYSTEMD_DEFAULT_HOSTNAME in the environment block. As before, it can
2716 also be configured during compilation. The environment variable is
2717 intended for testing and local overrides, the os-release(5) field is
2718 intended to allow customization by different variants of a
2719 distribution that share the same compiled packages.
2720
2721 * The environment block of the manager itself may be configured through
2722 a new ManagerEnvironment= setting in system.conf or user.conf. This
2723 complements existing ways to set the environment block (the kernel
2724 command line for the system manager, the inherited environment and
2725 user@.service unit file settings for the user manager).
2726
2727 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the default hostname and the source of
2728 the configured hostname ("static", "transient", or "default") as
2729 D-Bus properties.
2730
2731 * systemd-hostnamed now exports the "HardwareVendor" and
2732 "HardwareModel" D-Bus properties, which are supposed to contain a
2733 pair of cleaned up, human readable strings describing the system's
2734 vendor and model. It's typically sourced from the firmware's DMI
2735 tables, but may be augmented from a new hwdb database. hostnamectl
2736 shows this in the status output.
2737
2738 * Support has been added to systemd-cryptsetup for extracting the
2739 PKCS#11 token URI and encrypted key from the LUKS2 JSON embedded
2740 metadata header. This allows the information how to open the
2741 encrypted device to be embedded directly in the device and obviates
2742 the need for configuration in an external file.
2743
2744 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for unlocking LUKS2 volumes using
2745 TPM2 hardware, as well as FIDO2 security tokens (in addition to the
2746 pre-existing support for PKCS#11 security tokens).
2747
2748 * systemd-repart may enroll encrypted partitions using TPM2
2749 hardware. This may be useful for example to create an encrypted /var
2750 partition bound to the machine on first boot.
2751
2752 * A new systemd-cryptenroll tool has been added to enroll TPM2, FIDO2
2753 and PKCS#11 security tokens to LUKS volumes, list and destroy
2754 them. See:
2755
2756 http://0pointer.net/blog/unlocking-luks2-volumes-with-tpm2-fido2-pkcs11-security-hardware-on-systemd-248.html
2757
2758 It also supports enrolling "recovery keys" and regular passphrases.
2759
2760 * The libfido2 dependency is now based on dlopen(), so that the library
2761 is used at runtime when installed, but is not a hard runtime
2762 dependency.
2763
2764 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for two new options in
2765 /etc/crypttab: "no-write-workqueue" and "no-read-workqueue" which
2766 request synchronous processing of encryption/decryption IO.
2767
2768 * The manager may be configured at compile time to use the fexecve()
2769 instead of the execve() system call when spawning processes. Using
2770 fexecve() closes a window between checking the security context of an
2771 executable and spawning it, but unfortunately the kernel displays
2772 stale information in the process' "comm" field, which impacts ps
2773 output and such.
2774
2775 * The configuration option -Dcompat-gateway-hostname has been dropped.
2776 "_gateway" is now the only supported name.
2777
2778 * The ConditionSecurity=tpm2 unit file setting may be used to check if
2779 the system has at least one TPM2 (tpmrm class) device.
2780
2781 * A new ConditionCPUFeature= has been added that may be used to
2782 conditionalize units based on CPU features. For example,
2783 ConditionCPUFeature=rdrand will condition a unit so that it is only
2784 run when the system CPU supports the RDRAND opcode.
2785
2786 * The existing ConditionControlGroupController= setting has been
2787 extended with two new values "v1" and "v2". "v2" means that the
2788 unified v2 cgroup hierarchy is used, and "v1" means that legacy v1
2789 hierarchy or the hybrid hierarchy are used.
2790
2791 * A new PrivateIPC= setting on a unit file allows executed processes to
2792 be moved into a private IPC namespace, with separate System V IPC
2793 identifiers and POSIX message queues.
2794
2795 A new IPCNamespacePath= allows the unit to be joined to an existing
2796 IPC namespace.
2797
2798 * The tables of system calls in seccomp filters are now automatically
2799 generated from kernel lists exported on
2800 https://fedora.juszkiewicz.com.pl/syscalls.html.
2801
2802 The following architectures should now have complete lists:
2803 alpha, arc, arm64, arm, i386, ia64, m68k, mips64n32, mips64, mipso32,
2804 powerpc, powerpc64, s390, s390x, tilegx, sparc, x86_64, x32.
2805
2806 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now additionally mounts a tmpfs
2807 on /run/ if it is not already a mount point. A writable /run/ has
2808 always been a requirement for a functioning system, but this was not
2809 guaranteed when using a read-only image.
2810
2811 Users can always specify BindPaths= or InaccessiblePaths= as
2812 overrides, and they will take precedence. If the host's root mount
2813 point is used, there is no change in behaviour.
2814
2815 * New bind mounts and file system image mounts may be injected into the
2816 mount namespace of a service (without restarting it). This is exposed
2817 respectively as 'systemctl bind <unit> <path>…' and
2818 'systemctl mount-image <unit> <image>…'.
2819
2820 * The StandardOutput= and StandardError= settings can now specify files
2821 to be truncated for output (as "truncate:<path>").
2822
2823 * The ExecPaths= and NoExecPaths= settings may be used to specify
2824 noexec for parts of the file system.
2825
2826 * sd-bus has a new function sd_bus_open_user_machine() to open a
2827 connection to the session bus of a specific user in a local container
2828 or on the local host. This is exposed in the existing -M switch to
2829 systemctl and similar tools:
2830
2831 systemctl --user -M lennart@foobar start foo
2832
2833 This will connect to the user bus of a user "lennart" in container
2834 "foobar". If no container name is specified, the specified user on
2835 the host itself is connected to
2836
2837 systemctl --user -M lennart@ start quux
2838
2839 * sd-bus also gained a convenience function sd_bus_message_send() to
2840 simplify invocations of sd_bus_send(), taking only a single
2841 parameter: the message to send.
2842
2843 * sd-event allows rate limits to be set on event sources, for dealing
2844 with high-priority event sources that might starve out others. See
2845 the new man page sd_event_source_set_ratelimit(3) for details.
2846
2847 * systemd.link files gained a [Link] Promiscuous= switch, which allows
2848 the device to be raised in promiscuous mode.
2849
2850 New [Link] TransmitQueues= and ReceiveQueues= settings allow the
2851 number of TX and RX queues to be configured.
2852
2853 New [Link] TransmitQueueLength= setting allows the size of the TX
2854 queue to be configured.
2855
2856 New [Link] GenericSegmentOffloadMaxBytes= and
2857 GenericSegmentOffloadMaxSegments= allow capping the packet size and
2858 the number of segments accepted in Generic Segment Offload.
2859
2860 * systemd-networkd gained support for the "B.A.T.M.A.N. advanced"
2861 wireless routing protocol that operates on ISO/OSI Layer 2 only and
2862 uses ethernet frames to route/bridge packets. This encompasses a new
2863 "batadv" netdev Type=, a new [BatmanAdvanced] section with a bunch of
2864 new settings in .netdev files, and a new BatmanAdvanced= setting in
2865 .network files.
2866
2867 * systemd.network files gained a [Network] RouteTable= configuration
2868 switch to select the routing policy table.
2869
2870 systemd.network files gained a [RoutingPolicyRule] Type=
2871 configuration switch (one of "blackhole, "unreachable", "prohibit").
2872
2873 systemd.network files gained a [IPv6AcceptRA] RouteDenyList= and
2874 RouteAllowList= settings to ignore/accept route advertisements from
2875 routers matching specified prefixes. The DenyList= setting has been
2876 renamed to PrefixDenyList= and a new PrefixAllowList= option has been
2877 added.
2878
2879 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6] UseAddress= setting to
2880 optionally ignore the address provided in the lease.
2881
2882 systemd.network files gained a [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation]
2883 ManageTemporaryAddress= switch.
2884
2885 systemd.network files gained a new ActivationPolicy= setting which
2886 allows configuring how the UP state of an interface shall be managed,
2887 i.e. whether the interface is always upped, always downed, or may be
2888 upped/downed by the user using "ip link set dev".
2889
2890 * The default for the Broadcast= setting in .network files has slightly
2891 changed: the broadcast address will not be configured for wireguard
2892 devices.
2893
2894 * systemd.netdev files gained a [VLAN] Protocol=, IngressQOSMaps=,
2895 EgressQOSMaps=, and [MACVLAN] BroadcastMulticastQueueLength=
2896 configuration options for VLAN packet handling.
2897
2898 * udev rules may now set log_level= option. This allows debug logs to
2899 be enabled for select events, e.g. just for a specific subsystem or
2900 even a single device.
2901
2902 * udev now exports the VOLUME_ID, LOGICAL_VOLUME_ID, VOLUME_SET_ID, and
2903 DATA_PREPARED_ID properties for block devices with ISO9660 file
2904 systems.
2905
2906 * udev now exports decoded DMI information about installed memory slots
2907 as device properties under the /sys/class/dmi/id/ pseudo device.
2908
2909 * /dev/ is not mounted noexec anymore. This didn't provide any
2910 significant security benefits and would conflict with the executable
2911 mappings used with /dev/sgx device nodes. The previous behaviour can
2912 be restored for individual services with NoExecPaths=/dev (or by allow-
2913 listing and excluding /dev from ExecPaths=).
2914
2915 * Permissions for /dev/vsock are now set to 0o666, and /dev/vhost-vsock
2916 and /dev/vhost-net are owned by the kvm group.
2917
2918 * The hardware database has been extended with a list of fingerprint
2919 readers that correctly support USB auto-suspend using data from
2920 libfprint.
2921
2922 * systemd-resolved can now answer DNSSEC questions through the stub
2923 resolver interface in a way that allows local clients to do DNSSEC
2924 validation themselves. For a question with DO+CD set, it'll proxy the
2925 DNS query and respond with a mostly unmodified packet received from
2926 the upstream server.
2927
2928 * systemd-resolved learnt a new boolean option CacheFromLocalhost= in
2929 resolved.conf. If true the service will provide caching even for DNS
2930 lookups made to an upstream DNS server on the 127.0.0.1/::1
2931 addresses. By default (and when the option is false) systemd-resolved
2932 will not cache such lookups, in order to avoid duplicate local
2933 caching, under the assumption the local upstream server caches
2934 anyway.
2935
2936 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5001 NSID in its local DNS
2937 stub. This may be used by local clients to determine whether they are
2938 talking to the DNS resolver stub or a different DNS server.
2939
2940 * When resolving host names and other records resolvectl will now
2941 report where the data was acquired from (i.e. the local cache, the
2942 network, locally synthesized, …) and whether the network traffic it
2943 effected was encrypted or not. Moreover the tool acquired a number of
2944 new options --cache=, --synthesize=, --network=, --zone=,
2945 --trust-anchor=, --validate= that take booleans and may be used to
2946 tweak a lookup, i.e. whether it may be answered from cached
2947 information, locally synthesized information, information acquired
2948 through the network, the local mDNS/LLMNR zone, the DNSSEC trust
2949 anchor, and whether DNSSEC validation shall be executed for the
2950 lookup.
2951
2952 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ambient-capability= setting
2953 (AmbientCapability= in .nspawn files) to configure ambient
2954 capabilities passed to the container payload.
2955
2956 * systemd-nspawn gained the ability to configure the firewall using the
2957 nftables subsystem (in addition to the existing iptables
2958 support). Similarly, systemd-networkd's IPMasquerade= option now
2959 supports nftables as back-end, too. In both cases NAT on IPv6 is now
2960 supported too, in addition to IPv4 (the iptables back-end still is
2961 IPv4-only).
2962
2963 "IPMasquerade=yes", which was the same as "IPMasquerade=ipv4" before,
2964 retains its meaning, but has been deprecated. Please switch to either
2965 "ivp4" or "both" (if covering IPv6 is desired).
2966
2967 * systemd-importd will now download .verity and .roothash.p7s files
2968 along with the machine image (as exposed via machinectl pull-raw).
2969
2970 * systemd-oomd now gained a new DefaultMemoryPressureDurationSec=
2971 setting to configure the time a unit's cgroup needs to exceed memory
2972 pressure limits before action will be taken, and a new
2973 ManagedOOMPreference=none|avoid|omit setting to avoid killing certain
2974 units.
2975
2976 systemd-oomd is now considered fully supported (the usual
2977 backwards-compatibility promises apply). Swap is not required for
2978 operation, but it is still recommended.
2979
2980 * systemd-timesyncd gained a new ConnectionRetrySec= setting which
2981 configures the retry delay when trying to contact servers.
2982
2983 * systemd-stdio-bridge gained --system/--user options to connect to the
2984 system bus (previous default) or the user session bus.
2985
2986 * systemd-localed may now call locale-gen to generate missing locales
2987 on-demand (UTF-8-only). This improves integration with Debian-based
2988 distributions (Debian/Ubuntu/PureOS/Tanglu/...) and Arch Linux.
2989
2990 * systemctl --check-inhibitors=true may now be used to obey inhibitors
2991 even when invoked non-interactively. The old --ignore-inhibitors
2992 switch is now deprecated and replaced by --check-inhibitors=false.
2993
2994 * systemctl import-environment will now emit a warning when called
2995 without any arguments (i.e. to import the full environment block of
2996 the called program). This command will usually be invoked from a
2997 shell, which means that it'll inherit a bunch of variables which are
2998 specific to that shell, and usually to the TTY the shell is connected
2999 to, and don't have any meaning in the global context of the system or
3000 user service manager. Instead, only specific variables should be
3001 imported into the manager environment block.
3002
3003 Similarly, programs which update the manager environment block by
3004 directly calling the D-Bus API of the manager, should also push
3005 specific variables, and not the full inherited environment.
3006
3007 * systemctl's status output now shows unit state with a more careful
3008 choice of Unicode characters: units in maintenance show a "○" symbol
3009 instead of the usual "●", failed units show "×", and services being
3010 reloaded "↻".
3011
3012 * coredumpctl gained a --debugger-arguments= switch to pass arguments
3013 to the debugger. It also gained support for showing coredump info in
3014 a simple JSON format.
3015
3016 * systemctl/loginctl/machinectl's --signal= option now accept a special
3017 value "list", which may be used to show a brief table with known
3018 process signals and their numbers.
3019
3020 * networkctl now shows the link activation policy in status.
3021
3022 * Various tools gained --pager/--no-pager/--json= switches to
3023 enable/disable the pager and provide JSON output.
3024
3025 * Various tools now accept two new values for the SYSTEMD_COLORS
3026 environment variable: "16" and "256", to configure how many terminal
3027 colors are used in output.
3028
3029 * less 568 or newer is now required for the auto-paging logic of the
3030 various tools. Hyperlink ANSI sequences in terminal output are now
3031 used even if a pager is used, and older versions of less are not able
3032 to display these sequences correctly. SYSTEMD_URLIFY=0 may be used to
3033 disable this output again.
3034
3035 * Builds with support for separate / and /usr/ hierarchies ("split-usr"
3036 builds, non-merged-usr builds) are now officially deprecated. A
3037 warning is emitted during build. Support is slated to be removed in
3038 about a year (when the Debian Bookworm release development starts).
3039
3040 * Systems with the legacy cgroup v1 hierarchy are now marked as
3041 "tainted", to make it clearer that using the legacy hierarchy is not
3042 recommended.
3043
3044 * systemd-localed will now refuse to configure a keymap which is not
3045 installed in the file system. This is intended as a bug fix, but
3046 could break cases where systemd-localed was used to configure the
3047 keymap in advanced of it being installed. It is necessary to install
3048 the keymap file first.
3049
3050 * The main git development branch has been renamed to 'main'.
3051
3052 * mmcblk[0-9]boot[0-9] devices will no longer be probed automatically
3053 for partitions, as in the vast majority of cases they contain none
3054 and are used internally by the bootloader (eg: uboot).
3055
3056 * systemd will now set the $SYSTEMD_EXEC_PID environment variable for
3057 spawned processes to the PID of the process itself. This may be used
3058 by programs for detecting whether they were forked off by the service
3059 manager itself or are a process forked off further down the tree.
3060
3061 * The sd-device API gained four new calls: sd_device_get_action() to
3062 determine the uevent add/remove/change/… action the device object has
3063 been seen for, sd_device_get_seqno() to determine the uevent sequence
3064 number, sd_device_new_from_stat_rdev() to allocate a new sd_device
3065 object from stat(2) data of a device node, and sd_device_trigger() to
3066 write to the 'uevent' attribute of a device.
3067
3068 * For most tools the --no-legend= switch has been replaced by
3069 --legend=no and --legend=yes, to force whether tables are shown with
3070 headers/legends.
3071
3072 * Units acquired a new property "Markers" that takes a list of zero,
3073 one or two of the following strings: "needs-reload" and
3074 "needs-restart". These markers may be set via "systemctl
3075 set-property". Once a marker is set, "systemctl reload-or-restart
3076 --marked" may be invoked to execute the operation the units are
3077 marked for. This is useful for package managers that want to mark
3078 units for restart/reload while updating, but effect the actual
3079 operations at a later step at once.
3080
3081 * The sd_bus_message_read_strv() API call of sd-bus may now also be
3082 used to parse arrays of D-Bus signatures and D-Bus paths, in addition
3083 to regular strings.
3084
3085 * bootctl will now report whether the UEFI firmware used a TPM2 device
3086 and measured the boot process into it.
3087
3088 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt support for a new environment variable
3089 $SYSTEMD_TMPFILES_FORCE_SUBVOL which takes a boolean value. If true
3090 the v/q/Q lines in tmpfiles.d/ snippets will create btrfs subvolumes
3091 even if the root fs of the system is not itself a btrfs volume.
3092
3093 * systemd-detect-virt/ConditionVirtualization= will now explicitly
3094 detect Docker/Podman environments where possible. Moreover, they
3095 should be able to generically detect any container manager as long as
3096 it assigns the container a cgroup.
3097
3098 * portablectl gained a new "reattach" verb for detaching/reattaching a
3099 portable service image, useful for updating images on-the-fly.
3100
3101 * Intel SGX enclave device nodes (which expose a security feature of
3102 newer Intel CPUs) will now be owned by a new system group "sgx".
3103
3104 Contributions from: Adam Nielsen, Adrian Vovk, AJ Jordan, Alan Perry,
3105 Alastair Pharo, Alexander Batischev, Ali Abdallah, Andrew Balmos,
3106 Anita Zhang, Annika Wickert, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Terceiro,
3107 Antonius Frie, Ardy, Arian van Putten, Ariel Fermani, Arnaud T,
3108 A S Alam, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Björn Daase,
3109 caoxia, Carlo Wood, Charles Lee, ChopperRob, chri2, Christian Ehrhardt,
3110 Christian Hesse, Christopher Obbard, clayton craft, corvusnix, cprn,
3111 Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek, Dan Sanders, Dan Streetman,
3112 Darren Ng, David Edmundson, David Tardon, Deepak Rawat, Devon Pringle,
3113 Dmitry Borodaenko, dropsignal, Einsler Lee, Endre Szabo,
3114 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Affolter, Fangrui Song, Felipe Borges,
3115 feliperodriguesfr, Felix Stupp, Florian Hülsmann, Florian Klink,
3116 Florian Westphal, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Gablegritule,
3117 Gaël PORTAY, Gaurav, Giedrius Statkevičius, Greg Depoire-Ferrer,
3118 Gustavo Costa, Hans de Goede, Hela Basa, heretoenhance, hide,
3119 Iago López Galeiras, igo95862, Ilya Dmitrichenko, Jameer Pathan,
3120 Jan Tojnar, Jiehong, Jinyuan Si, Joerg Behrmann, John Slade,
3121 Jonathan G. Underwood, Jonathan McDowell, Josh Triplett, Joshua Watt,
3122 Julia Cartwright, Julien Humbert, Kairui Song, Karel Zak,
3123 Kevin Backhouse, Kevin P. Fleming, Khem Raj, Konomi, krissgjeng,
3124 l4gfcm, Lajos Veres, Lennart Poettering, Lincoln Ramsay, Luca Boccassi,
3125 Luca BRUNO, Lucas Werkmeister, Luka Kudra, Luna Jernberg,
3126 Marc-André Lureau, Martin Wilck, Matthias Klumpp, Matt Turner,
3127 Michael Gisbers, Michael Marley, Michael Trapp, Michal Fabik,
3128 Michał Kopeć, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michele Guerini Rocco,
3129 Mike Gilbert, milovlad, moson-mo, Nick, nihilix-melix, Oğuz Ersen,
3130 Ondrej Mosnacek, pali, Pavel Hrdina, Pavel Sapezhko, Perry Yuan,
3131 Peter Hutterer, Pierre Dubouilh, Piotr Drąg, Pjotr Vertaalt,
3132 Richard Laager, RussianNeuroMancer, Sam Lunt, Sebastiaan van Stijn,
3133 Sergey Bugaev, shenyangyang4, simmon, Simonas Kazlauskas,
3134 Slimane Selyan Amiri, Stefan Agner, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani,
3135 Sven Mueller, Tad Fisher, Takashi Iwai, Thomas Haller, Tom Shield,
3136 Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich, tpgxyz, Tyler Hicks, ulf-f,
3137 Ulrich Ölmann, Vincent Pelletier, Vinnie Magro, Vito Caputo, Vlad,
3138 walbit-de, Whired Planck, wouter bolsterlee, Xℹ Ruoyao, Yangyang Shen,
3139 Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
3140 Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
3141
3142 — Berlin, 2021-03-30
3143
3144 CHANGES WITH 247:
3145
3146 * KERNEL API INCOMPATIBILITY: Linux 4.14 introduced two new uevents
3147 "bind" and "unbind" to the Linux device model. When this kernel
3148 change was made, systemd-udevd was only minimally updated to handle
3149 and propagate these new event types. The introduction of these new
3150 uevents (which are typically generated for USB devices and devices
3151 needing a firmware upload before being functional) resulted in a
3152 number of issues which we so far didn't address. We hoped the kernel
3153 maintainers would themselves address these issues in some form, but
3154 that did not happen. To handle them properly, many (if not most) udev
3155 rules files shipped in various packages need updating, and so do many
3156 programs that monitor or enumerate devices with libudev or sd-device,
3157 or otherwise process uevents. Please note that this incompatibility
3158 is not fault of systemd or udev, but caused by an incompatible kernel
3159 change that happened back in Linux 4.14, but is becoming more and
3160 more visible as the new uevents are generated by more kernel drivers.
3161
3162 To minimize issues resulting from this kernel change (but not avoid
3163 them entirely) starting with systemd-udevd 247 the udev "tags"
3164 concept (which is a concept for marking and filtering devices during
3165 enumeration and monitoring) has been reworked: udev tags are now
3166 "sticky", meaning that once a tag is assigned to a device it will not
3167 be removed from the device again until the device itself is removed
3168 (i.e. unplugged). This makes sure that any application monitoring
3169 devices that match a specific tag is guaranteed to both see uevents
3170 where the device starts being relevant, and those where it stops
3171 being relevant (the latter now regularly happening due to the new
3172 "unbind" uevent type). The udev tags concept is hence now a concept
3173 tied to a *device* instead of a device *event* — unlike for example
3174 udev properties whose lifecycle (as before) is generally tied to a
3175 device event, meaning that the previously determined properties are
3176 forgotten whenever a new uevent is processed.
3177
3178 With the newly redefined udev tags concept, sometimes it's necessary
3179 to determine which tags are the ones applied by the most recent
3180 uevent/database update, in order to discern them from those
3181 originating from earlier uevents/database updates of the same
3182 device. To accommodate for this a new automatic property CURRENT_TAGS
3183 has been added that works similar to the existing TAGS property but
3184 only lists tags set by the most recent uevent/database
3185 update. Similarly, the libudev/sd-device API has been updated with
3186 new functions to enumerate these 'current' tags, in addition to the
3187 existing APIs that now enumerate the 'sticky' ones.
3188
3189 To properly handle "bind"/"unbind" on Linux 4.14 and newer it is
3190 essential that all udev rules files and applications are updated to
3191 handle the new events. Specifically:
3192
3193 • All rule files that currently use a header guard similar to
3194 ACTION!="add|change",GOTO="xyz_end" should be updated to use
3195 ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end" instead, so that the
3196 properties/tags they add are also applied whenever "bind" (or
3197 "unbind") is seen. (This is most important for all physical device
3198 types — those for which "bind" and "unbind" are currently
3199 generated, for all other device types this change is still
3200 recommended but not as important — but certainly prepares for
3201 future kernel uevent type additions).
3202
3203 • Similarly, all code monitoring devices that contains an 'if' branch
3204 discerning the "add" + "change" uevent actions from all other
3205 uevents actions (i.e. considering devices only relevant after "add"
3206 or "change", and irrelevant on all other events) should be reworked
3207 to instead negatively check for "remove" only (i.e. considering
3208 devices relevant after all event types, except for "remove", which
3209 invalidates the device). Note that this also means that devices
3210 should be considered relevant on "unbind", even though conceptually
3211 this — in some form — invalidates the device. Since the precise
3212 effect of "unbind" is not generically defined, devices should be
3213 considered relevant even after "unbind", however I/O errors
3214 accessing the device should then be handled gracefully.
3215
3216 • Any code that uses device tags for deciding whether a device is
3217 relevant or not most likely needs to be updated to use the new
3218 udev_device_has_current_tag() API (or sd_device_has_current_tag()
3219 in case sd-device is used), to check whether the tag is set at the
3220 moment an uevent is seen (as opposed to the existing
3221 udev_device_has_tag() API which checks if the tag ever existed on
3222 the device, following the API concept redefinition explained
3223 above).
3224
3225 We are very sorry for this breakage and the requirement to update
3226 packages using these interfaces. We'd again like to underline that
3227 this is not caused by systemd/udev changes, but result of a kernel
3228 behaviour change.
3229
3230 * UPCOMING INCOMPATIBILITY: So far most downstream distribution
3231 packages have not retriggered devices once the udev package (or any
3232 auxiliary package installing additional udev rules) is updated. We
3233 intend to work with major distributions to change this, so that
3234 "udevadm trigger -a change" is issued on such upgrades, ensuring that
3235 the updated ruleset is applied to the devices already discovered, so
3236 that (asynchronously) after the upgrade completed the udev database
3237 is consistent with the updated rule set. This means udev rules must
3238 be ready to be retriggered with a "change" action any time, and
3239 result in correct and complete udev database entries. While the
3240 majority of udev rule files known to us currently get this right,
3241 some don't. Specifically, there are udev rules files included in
3242 various packages that only set udev properties on the "add" action,
3243 but do not handle the "change" action. If a device matching those
3244 rules is retriggered with the "change" action (as is intended here)
3245 it would suddenly lose the relevant properties. This always has been
3246 problematic, but as soon as all udev devices are triggered on relevant
3247 package upgrades this will become particularly so. It is strongly
3248 recommended to fix offending rules so that they can handle a "change"
3249 action at any time, and acquire all necessary udev properties even
3250 then. Or in other words: the header guard mentioned above
3251 (ACTION=="remove",GOTO="xyz_end") is the correct approach to handle
3252 this, as it makes sure rules are rerun on "change" correctly, and
3253 accumulate the correct and complete set of udev properties. udev rule
3254 definitions that cannot handle "change" events being triggered at
3255 arbitrary times should be considered buggy.
3256
3257 * The MountAPIVFS= service file setting now defaults to on if
3258 RootImage= and RootDirectory= are used, which means that with those
3259 two settings /proc/, /sys/ and /dev/ are automatically properly set
3260 up for services. Previous behaviour may be restored by explicitly
3261 setting MountAPIVFS=off.
3262
3263 * Since PAM 1.2.0 (2015) configuration snippets may be placed in
3264 /usr/lib/pam.d/ in addition to /etc/pam.d/. If a file exists in the
3265 latter it takes precedence over the former, similar to how most of
3266 systemd's own configuration is handled. Given that PAM stack
3267 definitions are primarily put together by OS vendors/distributions
3268 (though possibly overridden by users), this systemd release moves its
3269 own PAM stack configuration for the "systemd-user" PAM service (i.e.
3270 for the PAM session invoked by the per-user user@.service instance)
3271 from /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/. We recommend moving all
3272 packages' vendor versions of their PAM stack definitions from
3273 /etc/pam.d/ to /usr/lib/pam.d/, but if such OS-wide migration is not
3274 desired the location to which systemd installs its PAM stack
3275 configuration may be changed via the -Dpamconfdir Meson option.
3276
3277 * The runtime dependencies on libqrencode, libpcre2, libidn/libidn2,
3278 libpwquality and libcryptsetup have been changed to be based on
3279 dlopen(): instead of regular dynamic library dependencies declared in
3280 the binary ELF headers, these libraries are now loaded on demand
3281 only, if they are available. If the libraries cannot be found the
3282 relevant operations will fail gracefully, or a suitable fallback
3283 logic is chosen. This is supposed to be useful for general purpose
3284 distributions, as it allows minimizing the list of dependencies the
3285 systemd packages pull in, permitting building of more minimal OS
3286 images, while still making use of these "weak" dependencies should
3287 they be installed. Since many package managers automatically
3288 synthesize package dependencies from ELF shared library dependencies,
3289 some additional manual packaging work has to be done now to replace
3290 those (slightly downgraded from "required" to "recommended" or
3291 whatever is conceptually suitable for the package manager). Note that
3292 this change does not alter build-time behaviour: as before the
3293 build-time dependencies have to be installed during build, even if
3294 they now are optional during runtime.
3295
3296 * sd-event.h gained a new call sd_event_add_time_relative() for
3297 installing timers relative to the current time. This is mostly a
3298 convenience wrapper around the pre-existing sd_event_add_time() call
3299 which installs absolute timers.
3300
3301 * sd-event event sources may now be placed in a new "exit-on-failure"
3302 mode, which may be controlled via the new
3303 sd_event_source_get_exit_on_failure() and
3304 sd_event_source_set_exit_on_failure() functions. If enabled, any
3305 failure returned by the event source handler functions will result in
3306 exiting the event loop (unlike the default behaviour of just
3307 disabling the event source but continuing with the event loop). This
3308 feature is useful to set for all event sources that define "primary"
3309 program behaviour (where failure should be fatal) in contrast to
3310 "auxiliary" behaviour (where failure should remain local).
3311
3312 * Most event source types sd-event supports now accept a NULL handler
3313 function, in which case the event loop is exited once the event
3314 source is to be dispatched, using the userdata pointer — converted to
3315 a signed integer — as exit code of the event loop. Previously this
3316 was supported for IO and signal event sources already. Exit event
3317 sources still do not support this (simply because it makes little
3318 sense there, as the event loop is already exiting when they are
3319 dispatched).
3320
3321 * A new per-unit setting RootImageOptions= has been added which allows
3322 tweaking the mount options for any file system mounted as effect of
3323 the RootImage= setting.
3324
3325 * Another new per-unit setting MountImages= has been added, that allows
3326 mounting additional disk images into the file system tree accessible
3327 to the service.
3328
3329 * Timer units gained a new FixedRandomDelay= boolean setting. If
3330 enabled, the random delay configured with RandomizedDelaySec= is
3331 selected in a way that is stable on a given system (though still
3332 different for different units).
3333
3334 * Socket units gained a new setting Timestamping= that takes "us", "ns"
3335 or "off". This controls the SO_TIMESTAMP/SO_TIMESTAMPNS socket
3336 options.
3337
3338 * systemd-repart now generates JSON output when requested with the new
3339 --json= switch.
3340
3341 * systemd-machined's OpenMachineShell() bus call will now pass
3342 additional policy metadata data fields to the PolicyKit
3343 authentication request.
3344
3345 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new -E switch, which is equivalent to
3346 --exclude-prefix=/dev --exclude-prefix=/proc --exclude=/run
3347 --exclude=/sys. It's particularly useful in combination with --root=,
3348 when operating on OS trees that do not have any of these four runtime
3349 directories mounted, as this means no files below these subtrees are
3350 created or modified, since those mount points should probably remain
3351 empty.
3352
3353 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --image= switch which is like --root=,
3354 but takes a disk image instead of a directory as argument. The
3355 specified disk image is mounted inside a temporary mount namespace
3356 and the tmpfiles.d/ drop-ins stored in the image are executed and
3357 applied to the image. systemd-sysusers similarly gained a new
3358 --image= switch, that allows the sysusers.d/ drop-ins stored in the
3359 image to be applied onto the image.
3360
3361 * Similarly, the journalctl command also gained an --image= switch,
3362 which is a quick one-step solution to look at the log data included
3363 in OS disk images.
3364
3365 * journalctl's --output=cat option (which outputs the log content
3366 without any metadata, just the pure text messages) will now make use
3367 of terminal colors when run on a suitable terminal, similarly to the
3368 other output modes.
3369
3370 * JSON group records now support a "description" string that may be
3371 used to add a human-readable textual description to such groups. This
3372 is supposed to match the user's GECOS field which traditionally
3373 didn't have a counterpart for group records.
3374
3375 * The "systemd-dissect" tool that may be used to inspect OS disk images
3376 and that was previously installed to /usr/lib/systemd/ has now been
3377 moved to /usr/bin/, reflecting its updated status of an officially
3378 supported tool with a stable interface. It gained support for a new
3379 --mkdir switch which when combined with --mount has the effect of
3380 creating the directory to mount the image to if it is missing
3381 first. It also gained two new commands --copy-from and --copy-to for
3382 copying files and directories in and out of an OS image without the
3383 need to manually mount it. It also acquired support for a new option
3384 --json= to generate JSON output when inspecting an OS image.
3385
3386 * The cgroup2 file system is now mounted with the
3387 "memory_recursiveprot" mount option, supported since kernel 5.7. This
3388 means that the MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= unit file settings now apply
3389 recursively to whole subtrees.
3390
3391 * systemd-homed now defaults to using the btrfs file system — if
3392 available — when creating home directories in LUKS volumes. This may
3393 be changed with the DefaultFileSystemType= setting in homed.conf.
3394 It's now the default file system in various major distributions and
3395 has the major benefit for homed that it can be grown and shrunk while
3396 mounted, unlike the other contenders ext4 and xfs, which can both be
3397 grown online, but not shrunk (in fact xfs is the technically most
3398 limited option here, as it cannot be shrunk at all).
3399
3400 * JSON user records managed by systemd-homed gained support for
3401 "recovery keys". These are basically secondary passphrases that can
3402 unlock user accounts/home directories. They are computer-generated
3403 rather than user-chosen, and typically have greater entropy.
3404 homectl's --recovery-key= option may be used to add a recovery key to
3405 a user account. The generated recovery key is displayed as a QR code,
3406 so that it can be scanned to be kept in a safe place. This feature is
3407 particularly useful in combination with systemd-homed's support for
3408 FIDO2 or PKCS#11 authentication, as a secure fallback in case the
3409 security tokens are lost. Recovery keys may be entered wherever the
3410 system asks for a password.
3411
3412 * systemd-homed now maintains a "dirty" flag for each LUKS encrypted
3413 home directory which indicates that a home directory has not been
3414 deactivated cleanly when offline. This flag is useful to identify
3415 home directories for which the offline discard logic did not run when
3416 offlining, and where it would be a good idea to log in again to catch
3417 up.
3418
3419 * systemctl gained a new parameter --timestamp= which may be used to
3420 change the style in which timestamps are output, i.e. whether to show
3421 them in local timezone or UTC, or whether to show µs granularity.
3422
3423 * Alibaba's "pouch" container manager is now detected by
3424 systemd-detect-virt, ConditionVirtualization= and similar
3425 constructs. Similar, they now also recognize IBM PowerVM machine
3426 virtualization.
3427
3428 * systemd-nspawn has been reworked to use the /run/host/incoming/ as
3429 place to use for propagating external mounts into the
3430 container. Similarly /run/host/notify is now used as the socket path
3431 for container payloads to communicate with the container manager
3432 using sd_notify(). The container manager now uses the
3433 /run/host/inaccessible/ directory to place "inaccessible" file nodes
3434 of all relevant types which may be used by the container payload as
3435 bind mount source to over-mount inodes to make them inaccessible.
3436 /run/host/container-manager will now be initialized with the same
3437 string as the $container environment variable passed to the
3438 container's PID 1. /run/host/container-uuid will be initialized with
3439 the same string as $container_uuid. This means the /run/host/
3440 hierarchy is now the primary way to make host resources available to
3441 the container. The Container Interface documents these new files and
3442 directories:
3443
3444 https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE
3445
3446 * Support for the "ConditionNull=" unit file condition has been
3447 deprecated and undocumented for 6 years. systemd started to warn
3448 about its use 1.5 years ago. It has now been removed entirely.
3449
3450 * sd-bus.h gained a new API call sd_bus_error_has_names(), which takes
3451 a sd_bus_error struct and a list of error names, and checks if the
3452 error matches one of these names. It's a convenience wrapper that is
3453 useful in cases where multiple errors shall be handled the same way.
3454
3455 * A new system call filter list "@known" has been added, that contains
3456 all system calls known at the time systemd was built.
3457
3458 * Behaviour of system call filter allow lists has changed slightly:
3459 system calls that are contained in @known will result in EPERM by
3460 default, while those not contained in it result in ENOSYS. This
3461 should improve compatibility because known system calls will thus be
3462 communicated as prohibited, while unknown (and thus newer ones) will
3463 be communicated as not implemented, which hopefully has the greatest
3464 chance of triggering the right fallback code paths in client
3465 applications.
3466
3467 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now show two separate sections
3468 at the bottom of the output: system calls known during systemd build
3469 time but not included in any of the filter groups shown above, and
3470 system calls defined on the local kernel but known during systemd
3471 build time.
3472
3473 * If the $SYSTEMD_LOG_SECCOMP=1 environment variable is set for
3474 systemd-nspawn all system call filter violations will be logged by
3475 the kernel (audit). This is useful for tracking down system calls
3476 invoked by container payloads that are prohibited by the container's
3477 system call filter policy.
3478
3479 * If the $SYSTEMD_SECCOMP=0 environment variable is set for
3480 systemd-nspawn (and other programs that use seccomp) all seccomp
3481 filtering is turned off.
3482
3483 * Two new unit file settings ProtectProc= and ProcSubset= have been
3484 added that expose the hidepid= and subset= mount options of procfs.
3485 All processes of the unit will only see processes in /proc that are
3486 are owned by the unit's user. This is an important new sandboxing
3487 option that is recommended to be set on all system services. All
3488 long-running system services that are included in systemd itself set
3489 this option now. This option is only supported on kernel 5.8 and
3490 above, since the hidepid= option supported on older kernels was not a
3491 per-mount option but actually applied to the whole PID namespace.
3492
3493 * Socket units gained a new boolean setting FlushPending=. If enabled
3494 all pending socket data/connections are flushed whenever the socket
3495 unit enters the "listening" state, i.e. after the associated service
3496 exited.
3497
3498 * The unit file setting NUMAMask= gained a new "all" value: when used,
3499 all existing NUMA nodes are added to the NUMA mask.
3500
3501 * A new "credentials" logic has been added to system services. This is
3502 a simple mechanism to pass privileged data to services in a safe and
3503 secure way. It's supposed to be used to pass per-service secret data
3504 such as passwords or cryptographic keys but also associated less
3505 private information such as user names, certificates, and similar to
3506 system services. Each credential is identified by a short user-chosen
3507 name and may contain arbitrary binary data. Two new unit file
3508 settings have been added: SetCredential= and LoadCredential=. The
3509 former allows setting a credential to a literal string, the latter
3510 sets a credential to the contents of a file (or data read from a
3511 user-chosen AF_UNIX stream socket). Credentials are passed to the
3512 service via a special credentials directory, one file for each
3513 credential. The path to the credentials directory is passed in a new
3514 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY environment variable. Since the credentials
3515 are passed in the file system they may be easily referenced in
3516 ExecStart= command lines too, thus no explicit support for the
3517 credentials logic in daemons is required (though ideally daemons
3518 would look for the bits they need in $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY
3519 themselves automatically, if set). The $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY is
3520 backed by unswappable memory if privileges allow it, immutable if
3521 privileges allow it, is accessible only to the service's UID, and is
3522 automatically destroyed when the service stops.
3523
3524 * systemd-nspawn supports the same credentials logic. It can both
3525 consume credentials passed to it via the aforementioned
3526 $CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY protocol as well as pass these credentials on
3527 to its payload. The service manager/PID 1 has been updated to match
3528 this: it can also accept credentials from the container manager that
3529 invokes it (in fact: any process that invokes it), and passes them on
3530 to its services. Thus, credentials can be propagated recursively down
3531 the tree: from a system's service manager to a systemd-nspawn
3532 service, to the service manager that runs as container payload and to
3533 the service it runs below. Credentials may also be added on the
3534 systemd-nspawn command line, using new --set-credential= and
3535 --load-credential= command line switches that match the
3536 aforementioned service settings.
3537
3538 * systemd-repart gained new settings Format=, Encrypt=, CopyFiles= in
3539 the partition drop-ins which may be used to format/LUKS
3540 encrypt/populate any created partitions. The partitions are
3541 encrypted/formatted/populated before they are registered in the
3542 partition table, so that they appear atomically: either the
3543 partitions do not exist yet or they exist fully encrypted, formatted,
3544 and populated — there is no time window where they are
3545 "half-initialized". Thus the system is robust to abrupt shutdown: if
3546 the tool is terminated half-way during its operations on next boot it
3547 will start from the beginning.
3548
3549 * systemd-repart's --size= operation gained a new "auto" value. If
3550 specified, and operating on a loopback file it is automatically sized
3551 to the minimal size the size constraints permit. This is useful to
3552 use "systemd-repart" as an image builder for minimally sized images.
3553
3554 * systemd-resolved now gained a third IPC interface for requesting name
3555 resolution: besides D-Bus and local DNS to 127.0.0.53 a Varlink
3556 interface is now supported. The nss-resolve NSS module has been
3557 modified to use this new interface instead of D-Bus. Using Varlink
3558 has a major benefit over D-Bus: it works without a broker service,
3559 and thus already during earliest boot, before the dbus daemon has
3560 been started. This means name resolution via systemd-resolved now
3561 works at the same time systemd-networkd operates: from earliest boot
3562 on, including in the initrd.
3563
3564 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new DNSStubListenerExtra=
3565 configuration file setting which may be used to specify additional IP
3566 addresses the built-in DNS stub shall listen on, in addition to the
3567 main one on 127.0.0.53:53.
3568
3569 * Name lookups issued via systemd-resolved's D-Bus and Varlink
3570 interfaces (and thus also via glibc NSS if nss-resolve is used) will
3571 now honour a trailing dot in the hostname: if specified the search
3572 path logic is turned off. Thus "resolvectl query foo." is now
3573 equivalent to "resolvectl query --search=off foo.".
3574
3575 * systemd-resolved gained a new D-Bus property "ResolvConfMode" that
3576 exposes how /etc/resolv.conf is currently managed: by resolved (and
3577 in which mode if so) or another subsystem. "resolvctl" will display
3578 this property in its status output.
3579
3580 * The resolv.conf snippets systemd-resolved provides will now set "."
3581 as the search domain if no other search domain is known. This turns
3582 off the derivation of an implicit search domain by nss-dns for the
3583 hostname, when the hostname is set to an FQDN. This change is done to
3584 make nss-dns using resolv.conf provided by systemd-resolved behave
3585 more similarly to nss-resolve.
3586
3587 * systemd-tmpfiles' file "aging" logic (i.e. the automatic clean-up of
3588 /tmp/ and /var/tmp/ based on file timestamps) now looks at the
3589 "birth" time (btime) of a file in addition to the atime, mtime, and
3590 ctime.
3591
3592 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "capability" that lists all known
3593 capabilities by the systemd build and by the kernel.
3594
3595 * If a file /usr/lib/clock-epoch exists, PID 1 will read its mtime and
3596 advance the system clock to it at boot if it is noticed to be before
3597 that time. Previously, PID 1 would only advance the time to an epoch
3598 time that is set during build-time. With this new file OS builders
3599 can change this epoch timestamp on individual OS images without
3600 having to rebuild systemd.
3601
3602 * systemd-logind will now listen to the KEY_RESTART key from the Linux
3603 input layer and reboot the system if it is pressed, similarly to how
3604 it already handles KEY_POWER, KEY_SUSPEND or KEY_SLEEP. KEY_RESTART
3605 was originally defined in the Multimedia context (to restart playback
3606 of a song or film), but is now primarily used in various embedded
3607 devices for "Reboot" buttons. Accordingly, systemd-logind will now
3608 honour it as such. This may configured in more detail via the new
3609 HandleRebootKey= and RebootKeyIgnoreInhibited=.
3610
3611 * systemd-nspawn/systemd-machined will now reconstruct hardlinks when
3612 copying OS trees, for example in "systemd-nspawn --ephemeral",
3613 "systemd-nspawn --template=", "machinectl clone" and similar. This is
3614 useful when operating with OSTree images, which use hardlinks heavily
3615 throughout, and where such copies previously resulting in "exploding"
3616 hardlinks.
3617
3618 * systemd-nspawn's --console= setting gained support for a new
3619 "autopipe" value, which is identical to "interactive" when invoked on
3620 a TTY, and "pipe" otherwise.
3621
3622 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for explicitly
3623 configuring the multicast membership entries of bridge devices in the
3624 [BridgeMDB] section. It also gained support for the PIE queuing
3625 discipline in the [FlowQueuePIE] sections.
3626
3627 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files may now be used to create "BareUDP"
3628 tunnels, configured in the new [BareUDP] setting.
3629
3630 * systemd-networkd's Gateway= setting in .network files now accepts the
3631 special values "_dhcp4" and "_ipv6ra" to configure additional,
3632 locally defined, explicit routes to the gateway acquired via DHCP or
3633 IPv6 Router Advertisements. The old setting "_dhcp" is deprecated,
3634 but still accepted for backwards compatibility.
3635
3636 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6PrefixDelegation] section and
3637 IPv6PrefixDelegation= options have been renamed as [IPv6SendRA] and
3638 IPv6SendRA= (the old names are still accepted for backwards
3639 compatibility).
3640
3641 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the DHCPv6PrefixDelegation=
3642 boolean setting in [Network] section. If enabled, the delegated prefix
3643 gained by another link will be configured, and an address within the
3644 prefix will be assigned.
3645
3646 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained the Announce= boolean setting
3647 in [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] section. When enabled, the delegated
3648 prefix will be announced through IPv6 router advertisement (IPv6 RA).
3649 The setting is enabled by default.
3650
3651 * VXLAN tunnels may now be marked as independent of any underlying
3652 network interface via the new Independent= boolean setting.
3653
3654 * systemctl gained support for two new verbs: "service-log-level" and
3655 "service-log-target" may be used on services that implement the
3656 generic org.freedesktop.LogControl1 D-Bus interface to dynamically
3657 adjust the log level and target. All of systemd's long-running
3658 services support this now, but ideally all system services would
3659 implement this interface to make the system more uniformly
3660 debuggable.
3661
3662 * The SystemCallErrorNumber= unit file setting now accepts the new
3663 "kill" and "log" actions, in addition to arbitrary error number
3664 specifications as before. If "kill" the processes are killed on the
3665 event, if "log" the offending system call is audit logged.
3666
3667 * A new SystemCallLog= unit file setting has been added that accepts a
3668 list of system calls that shall be logged about (audit).
3669
3670 * The OS image dissection logic (as used by RootImage= in unit files or
3671 systemd-nspawn's --image= switch) has gained support for identifying
3672 and mounting explicit /usr/ partitions, which are now defined in the
3673 discoverable partition specification. This should be useful for
3674 environments where the root file system is
3675 generated/formatted/populated dynamically on first boot and combined
3676 with an immutable /usr/ tree that is supplied by the vendor.
3677
3678 * In the final phase of shutdown, within the systemd-shutdown binary
3679 we'll now try to detach MD devices (i.e software RAID) in addition to
3680 loopback block devices and DM devices as before. This is supposed to
3681 be a safety net only, in order to increase robustness if things go
3682 wrong. Storage subsystems are expected to properly detach their
3683 storage volumes during regular shutdown already (or in case of
3684 storage backing the root file system: in the initrd hook we return to
3685 later).
3686
3687 * If the SYSTEMD_LOG_TID environment variable is set all systemd tools
3688 will now log the thread ID in their log output. This is useful when
3689 working with heavily threaded programs.
3690
3691 * If the SYSTEMD_RDRAND environment variable is set to "0", systemd will
3692 not use the RDRAND CPU instruction. This is useful in environments
3693 such as replay debuggers where non-deterministic behaviour is not
3694 desirable.
3695
3696 * The autopaging logic in systemd's various tools (such as systemctl)
3697 has been updated to turn on "secure" mode in "less"
3698 (i.e. $LESSECURE=1) if execution in a "sudo" environment is
3699 detected. This disables invoking external programs from the pager,
3700 via the pipe logic. This behaviour may be overridden via the new
3701 $SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE environment variable.
3702
3703 * Units which have resource limits (.service, .mount, .swap, .slice,
3704 .socket, and .slice) gained new configuration settings
3705 ManagedOOMSwap=, ManagedOOMMemoryPressure=, and
3706 ManagedOOMMemoryPressureLimitPercent= that specify resource pressure
3707 limits and optional action taken by systemd-oomd.
3708
3709 * A new service systemd-oomd has been added. It monitors resource
3710 contention for selected parts of the unit hierarchy using the PSI
3711 information reported by the kernel, and kills processes when memory
3712 or swap pressure is above configured limits. This service is only
3713 enabled by default in developer mode (see below) and should be
3714 considered a preview in this release. Behaviour details and option
3715 names are subject to change without the usual backwards-compatibility
3716 promises.
3717
3718 * A new helper oomctl has been added to introspect systemd-oomd state.
3719 It is only enabled by default in developer mode and should be
3720 considered a preview without the usual backwards-compatibility
3721 promises.
3722
3723 * New meson option -Dcompat-mutable-uid-boundaries= has been added. If
3724 enabled, systemd reads the system UID boundaries from /etc/login.defs
3725 at runtime, instead of using the built-in values selected during
3726 build. This is an option to improve compatibility for upgrades from
3727 old systems. It's strongly recommended not to make use of this
3728 functionality on new systems (or even enable it during build), as it
3729 makes something runtime-configurable that is mostly an implementation
3730 detail of the OS, and permits avoidable differences in deployments
3731 that create all kinds of problems in the long run.
3732
3733 * New meson option '-Dmode=developer|release' has been added. When
3734 'developer', additional checks and features are enabled that are
3735 relevant during upstream development, e.g. verification that
3736 semi-automatically-generated documentation has been properly updated
3737 following API changes. Those checks are considered hints for
3738 developers and are not actionable in downstream builds. In addition,
3739 extra features that are not ready for general consumption may be
3740 enabled in developer mode. It is thus recommended to set
3741 '-Dmode=release' in end-user and distro builds.
3742
3743 * systemd-cryptsetup gained support for processing detached LUKS
3744 headers specified on the kernel command line via the header=
3745 parameter of the luks.options= kernel command line option. The same
3746 device/path syntax as for key files is supported for header files
3747 like this.
3748
3749 * The "net_id" built-in of udev has been updated to ignore ACPI _SUN
3750 slot index data for devices that are connected through a PCI bridge
3751 where the _SUN index is associated with the bridge instead of the
3752 network device itself. Previously this would create ambiguous device
3753 naming if multiple network interfaces were connected to the same PCI
3754 bridge. Since this is a naming scheme incompatibility on systems that
3755 possess hardware like this it has been introduced as new naming
3756 scheme "v247". The previous scheme can be selected via the
3757 "net.naming-scheme=v245" kernel command line parameter.
3758
3759 * ConditionFirstBoot= semantics have been modified to be safe towards
3760 abnormal system power-off during first boot. Specifically, the
3761 "systemd-machine-id-commit.service" service now acts as boot
3762 milestone indicating when the first boot process is sufficiently
3763 complete in order to not consider the next following boot also a
3764 first boot. If the system is reset before this unit is reached the
3765 first time, the next boot will still be considered a first boot; once
3766 it has been reached, no further boots will be considered a first
3767 boot. The "first-boot-complete.target" unit now acts as official hook
3768 point to order against this. If a service shall be run on every boot
3769 until the first boot fully succeeds it may thus be ordered before
3770 this target unit (and pull it in) and carry ConditionFirstBoot=
3771 appropriately.
3772
3773 * bootctl's set-default and set-oneshot commands now accept the three
3774 special strings "@default", "@oneshot", "@current" in place of a boot
3775 entry id. These strings are resolved to the current default and
3776 oneshot boot loader entry, as well as the currently booted one. Thus
3777 a command "bootctl set-default @current" may be used to make the
3778 currently boot menu item the new default for all subsequent boots.
3779
3780 * "systemctl edit" has been updated to show the original effective unit
3781 contents in commented form in the text editor.
3782
3783 * Units in user mode are now segregated into three new slices:
3784 session.slice (units that form the core of graphical session),
3785 app.slice ("normal" user applications), and background.slice
3786 (low-priority tasks). Unless otherwise configured, user units are
3787 placed in app.slice. The plan is to add resource limits and
3788 protections for the different slices in the future.
3789
3790 * New GPT partition types for RISCV32/64 for the root and /usr
3791 partitions, and their associated Verity partitions have been defined,
3792 and are now understood by systemd-gpt-auto-generator, and the OS
3793 image dissection logic.
3794
3795 Contributions from: Adolfo Jayme Barrientos, afg, Alec Moskvin, Alyssa
3796 Ross, Amitanand Chikorde, Andrew Hangsleben, Anita Zhang, Ansgar
3797 Burchardt, Arian van Putten, Aurelien Jarno, Axel Rasmussen, bauen1,
3798 Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Bjørn Mork, brainrom, Chandradeep
3799 Dey, Charles Lee, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christof Efkemann,
3800 Christoph Ruegge, Clemens Gruber, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel
3801 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov,
3802 Dmitry Borodaenko, Elias Probst, Elisei Roca, ErrantSpore, Etienne
3803 Doms, Fabrice Fontaine, fangxiuning, Felix Riemann, Florian Klink,
3804 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, fwSmit, George Rawlinson, germanztz,
3805 Gibeom Gwon, Glen Whitney, Gogo Gogsi, Göran Uddeborg, Grant Mathews,
3806 Hans de Goede, Hans Ulrich Niedermann, Haochen Tong, Harald Seiler,
3807 huangyong, Hubert Kario, igo95862, Ikey Doherty, Insun Pyo, Jan Chren,
3808 Jan Schlüter, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jian-Hong Pan, Joerg Behrmann, Jonathan
3809 Lebon, Jörg Thalheim, Josh Brobst, Juergen Hoetzel, Julien Humbert,
3810 Kai-Chuan Hsieh, Kairui Song, Kamil Dudka, Kir Kolyshkin, Kristijan
3811 Gjoshev, Kyle Huey, Kyle Russell, Lee Whalen, Lennart Poettering,
3812 lichangze, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Weiss, Marc
3813 Kleine-Budde, Marco Wang, Martin Wilck, Marti Raudsepp, masmullin2000,
3814 Máté Pozsgay, Matt Fenwick, Michael Biebl, Michael Scherer, Michal
3815 Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mikael Szreder, Milo
3816 Casagrande, mirabilos, Mitsuha_QuQ, mog422, Muhammet Kara, Nazar
3817 Vinnichuk, Nicholas Narsing, Nicolas Fella, Njibhu, nl6720, Oğuz Ersen,
3818 Olivier Le Moal, Ondrej Kozina, onlybugreports, Pass Automated Testing
3819 Suite, Pat Coulthard, Pavel Sapezhko, Pedro Ruiz, perry_yuan, Peter
3820 Hutterer, Phaedrus Leeds, PhoenixDiscord, Piotr Drąg, Plan C,
3821 Purushottam choudhary, Rasmus Villemoes, Renaud Métrich, Robert Marko,
3822 Roman Beranek, Ronan Pigott, Roy Chen (陳彥廷), RussianNeuroMancer,
3823 Samanta Navarro, Samuel BF, scootergrisen, Sorin Ionescu, Steve Dodd,
3824 Susant Sahani, Timo Rothenpieler, Tobias Hunger, Tobias Kaufmann, Topi
3825 Miettinen, vanou, Vito Caputo, Weblate, Wen Yang, Whired Planck,
3826 williamvds, Yu, Li-Yu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3827 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zmicer Turok, Дамјан Георгиевски
3828
3829 – Warsaw, 2020-11-26
3830
3831 CHANGES WITH 246:
3832
3833 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
3834 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
3835 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
3836
3837 * PID 1 may now automatically load pre-compiled AppArmor policies from
3838 /etc/apparmor/earlypolicy during early boot.
3839
3840 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
3841 special value "numa" that causes the CPU affinity masked to be set
3842 based on the NUMA mask.
3843
3844 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
3845 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
3846 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
3847
3848 * Two new unit file settings
3849 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
3850 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
3851 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
3852 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
3853
3854 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
3855 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
3856 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
3857 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
3858 instance).
3859
3860 * .service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
3861 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
3862 service's processes shall include.
3863
3864 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set
3865 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
3866 in read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
3867 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
3868
3869 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
3870 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
3871 packets read from the socket, as an ancillary message. This controls
3872 the IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
3873 depending on socket type.
3874
3875 * .service units gained a new setting RootHash= which may be used to
3876 specify the root hash for verity enabled disk images which are
3877 specified in RootImage=. RootVerity= may be used to specify a path to
3878 the Verity data matching a RootImage= file system. (The latter is
3879 only useful for images that do not contain the Verity data embedded
3880 into the same image that carries a GPT partition table following the
3881 Discoverable Partition Specification). Similarly, systemd-nspawn
3882 gained a new switch --verity-data= that takes a path to a file with
3883 the verity data of the disk image supplied in --image=, if the image
3884 doesn't contain the verity data itself.
3885
3886 * .service units gained a new setting RootHashSignature= which takes
3887 either a base64 encoded PKCS#7 signature of the root hash specified
3888 with RootHash=, or a path to a file to read the signature from. This
3889 allows validation of the root hash against public keys available in
3890 the kernel keyring, and is only supported on recent kernels
3891 (>= 5.4)/libcryptsetup (>= 2.30). A similar switch has been added to
3892 systemd-nspawn and systemd-dissect (--root-hash-sig=). Support for
3893 this mechanism has also been added to systemd-veritysetup.
3894
3895 * .service unit files gained two new options
3896 TimeoutStartFailureMode=/TimeoutStopFailureMode= that may be used to
3897 tune behaviour if a start or stop timeout is hit, i.e. whether to
3898 terminate the service with SIGTERM, SIGABRT or SIGKILL.
3899
3900 * Most options in systemd that accept hexadecimal values prefixed with
3901 0x in additional to the usual decimal notation now also support octal
3902 notation when the 0o prefix is used and binary notation if the 0b
3903 prefix is used.
3904
3905 * Various command line parameters and configuration file settings that
3906 configure key or certificate files now optionally take paths to
3907 AF_UNIX sockets in the file system. If configured that way a stream
3908 connection is made to the socket and the required data read from
3909 it. This is a simple and natural extension to the existing regular
3910 file logic, and permits other software to provide keys or
3911 certificates via simple IPC services, for example when unencrypted
3912 storage on disk is not desired. Specifically, systemd-networkd's
3913 Wireguard and MACSEC key file settings as well as
3914 systemd-journal-gatewayd's and systemd-journal-remote's PEM
3915 key/certificate parameters support this now.
3916
3917 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
3918 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
3919 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
3920 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
3921 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the hostname configured in
3922 the kernel truncated at the first dot.
3923
3924 * Support for the .include syntax in unit files has been removed. The
3925 concept has been obsolete for 6 years and we started warning about
3926 its pending removal 2 years ago (also see NEWS file below). It's
3927 finally gone now.
3928
3929 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
3930 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
3931 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
3932 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
3933
3934 * If the service setting User= is set to the "nobody" user, a warning
3935 message is now written to the logs (but the value is nonetheless
3936 accepted). Setting User=nobody is unsafe, since the primary purpose
3937 of the "nobody" user is to own all files whose owner cannot be mapped
3938 locally. It's in particular used by the NFS subsystem and in user
3939 namespacing. By running a service under this user's UID it might get
3940 read and even write access to all these otherwise unmappable files,
3941 which is quite likely a major security problem.
3942
3943 * tmpfs mounts automatically created by systemd (/tmp, /run, /dev/shm,
3944 and others) now have a size and inode limits applied (50% of RAM for
3945 /tmp and /dev/shm, 10% of RAM for other mounts, etc.). Please note
3946 that the implicit kernel default is 50% too, so there is no change
3947 in the size limit for /tmp and /dev/shm.
3948
3949 * nss-mymachines lost support for resolution of users and groups, and
3950 now only does resolution of hostnames. This functionality is now
3951 provided by nss-systemd. Thus, the 'mymachines' entry should be
3952 removed from the 'passwd:' and 'group:' lines in /etc/nsswitch.conf
3953 (and 'systemd' added if it is not already there).
3954
3955 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
3956 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
3957 boot.
3958
3959 * A kernel command line option "udev.blockdev_read_only" has been
3960 added. If specified all hardware block devices that show up are
3961 immediately marked as read-only by udev. This option is useful for
3962 making sure that a specific boot under no circumstances modifies data
3963 on disk. Use "blockdev --setrw" to undo the effect of this, per
3964 device.
3965
3966 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
3967 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
3968 devices listed in /etc/fstab.
3969
3970 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
3971 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
3972 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
3973 conditions.
3974
3975 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
3976 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
3977 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
3978 in order to make test cases more reliable.
3979
3980 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
3981 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
3982 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
3983 the process that faulted.
3984
3985 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
3986 now automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
3987 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
3988
3989 * We provide a set of udev rules to enable auto-suspend on PCI and USB
3990 devices that were tested to correctly support it. Previously, this
3991 was distributed as a set of udev rules, but has now been replaced by
3992 by a set of hwdb entries (and a much shorter udev rule to take action
3993 if the device modalias matches one of the new hwdb entries).
3994
3995 As before, entries are periodically imported from the database
3996 maintained by the ChromiumOS project. If you have a device that
3997 supports auto-suspend correctly and where it should be enabled by
3998 default, please submit a patch that adds it to the database (see
3999 /usr/lib/udev/hwdb.d/60-autosuspend.hwdb).
4000
4001 * systemd-udevd gained the new configuration option timeout_signal= as well
4002 as a corresponding kernel command line option udev.timeout_signal=.
4003 The option can be used to configure the UNIX signal that the main
4004 daemon sends to the worker processes on timeout. Setting the signal
4005 to SIGABRT is useful for debugging.
4006
4007 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
4008 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
4009 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
4010 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
4011 frame ring buffer sizes.
4012
4013 * networkd.conf gained a new boolean setting ManageForeignRoutes=. If
4014 enabled systemd-networkd manages all routes configured by other tools.
4015
4016 * .network files managed by systemd-networkd gained a new section
4017 [SR-IOV], in order to configure SR-IOV capable network devices.
4018
4019 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
4020 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
4021 automatically assigned to the interface.
4022
4023 * systemd-networkd gained a new section [DHCPv6PrefixDelegation] which
4024 controls delegated prefixes assigned by DHCPv6 client. The section
4025 has three settings: SubnetID=, Assign=, and Token=. The setting
4026 SubnetID= allows explicit configuration of the preferred subnet that
4027 systemd-networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to interfaces. If
4028 Assign= is enabled (which is the default) an address from any acquired
4029 delegated prefix is automatically chosen and assigned to the
4030 interface. The setting Token= specifies an optional address generation
4031 mode for Assign=.
4032
4033 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
4034 IPv4AcceptLocal=. If enabled the interface accepts packets with local
4035 source addresses.
4036
4037 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
4038 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
4039 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
4040 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
4041 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
4042 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
4043 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
4044 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast], "HHF"
4045 in [HeavyHitterFilter], "ETS" in [EnhancedTransmissionSelection] and
4046 "QFQ" in [QuickFairQueueing] and [QuickFairQueueingClass].
4047
4048 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
4049 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
4050 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
4051 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
4052 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
4053 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
4054 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
4055
4056 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new option WithoutRA=.
4057 When enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without requiring an
4058 Router Advertisement packet suggesting it first (i.e. without the 'M'
4059 or 'O' flags set). The [IPv6AcceptRA] section gained a boolean option
4060 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
4061 the RA packets suggest it.
4062
4063 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
4064 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
4065 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
4066 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
4067
4068 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
4069 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
4070 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
4071 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
4072 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
4073 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
4074 field.
4075
4076 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
4077 EmitPOP3=/POP3=, EmitSMTP=/SMTP=, EmitLPR=/LPR= for including server
4078 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
4079 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
4080 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
4081 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
4082
4083 * The Mode= settings in [MACVLAN] and [MACVTAP] now support 'source'
4084 mode. Also, the sections now support a new setting SourceMACAddress=.
4085
4086 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
4087 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
4088 the VLAN protocol to use.
4089
4090 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
4091 of the .network files, to control the link group.
4092
4093 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new
4094 IPv6LinkLocalAddressGenerationMode= setting, which specifies how IPv6
4095 link local address is generated.
4096
4097 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
4098 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
4099 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
4100 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
4101 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
4102 carefully picking an interface name to use.
4103
4104 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting RouteMetric=
4105 which sets the route priority for routes specified by the DHCP server.
4106
4107 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new setting VendorClass=
4108 which configures the vendor class information sent to DHCP server.
4109
4110 * The BlackList= settings in .network files' [DHCPv4] and
4111 [IPv6AcceptRA] sections have been renamed DenyList=. The old names
4112 are still understood to provide compatibility.
4113
4114 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
4115 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
4116 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
4117 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
4118 interfaces up or down.
4119
4120 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts a
4121 port number (after ":") and a host name (after "#"). When the host
4122 name is specified, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match
4123 the specified hostname. Additionally, in case of IPv6 addresses, an
4124 interface may be specified (after "%").
4125
4126 * systemd-resolved may be configured to forward single-label DNS names.
4127 This is not standard-conformant, but may make sense in setups where
4128 public DNS servers are not used.
4129
4130 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
4131
4132 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
4133 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
4134 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
4135 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
4136 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
4137 defined by systemd-resolved).
4138
4139 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
4140 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
4141 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
4142
4143 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
4144 --property=…".
4145
4146 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
4147 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
4148 use --plain.
4149
4150 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
4151 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
4152 being deprecated in favor of this option.
4153
4154 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
4155 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
4156 process itself.
4157
4158 * systemd-journald gained support for zstd compression of large fields
4159 in journal files. The hash tables in journal files have been hardened
4160 against hash collisions. This is an incompatible change and means
4161 that journal files created with new systemd versions are not readable
4162 with old versions. If the $SYSTEMD_JOURNAL_KEYED_HASH boolean
4163 environment variable for systemd-journald.service is set to 0 this
4164 new hardening functionality may be turned off, so that generated
4165 journal files remain compatible with older journalctl
4166 implementations.
4167
4168 * journalctl will now include a clickable link in the default output for
4169 each log message for which an URL with further documentation is
4170 known. This is only supported on terminal emulators that support
4171 clickable hyperlinks, and is turned off if a pager is used (since
4172 "less" still doesn't support hyperlinks,
4173 unfortunately). Documentation URLs may be included in log messages
4174 either by including a DOCUMENTATION= journal field in it, or by
4175 associating a journal message catalog entry with the log message's
4176 MESSAGE_ID, which then carries a "Documentation:" tag.
4177
4178 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
4179 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
4180 initialization.
4181
4182 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
4183 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
4184 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
4185
4186 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
4187 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
4188 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
4189 without any decoration.
4190
4191 * The sd-journal.h API gained two new functions:
4192 sd_journal_enumerate_available_unique() and
4193 sd_journal_enumerate_available_data() that operate like their
4194 counterparts that lack the _available_ in the name, but skip items
4195 that cannot be read and processed by the local implementation
4196 (i.e. are compressed in an unsupported format or such),
4197
4198 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
4199 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
4200 coredump data from.
4201
4202 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
4203 the zstd algorithm.
4204
4205 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
4206 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
4207 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
4208 not block clean file system unmounting.
4209
4210 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
4211 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service manager: the
4212 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
4213
4214 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
4215 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
4216 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
4217 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
4218
4219 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
4220 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
4221
4222 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
4223 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
4224 specified name. Its size may be specified with the new --size=
4225 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
4226 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
4227 two new options are useful when creating or manipulating disk images
4228 instead of operating on actual block devices.
4229
4230 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
4231 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
4232
4233 * systemd-repart's SizeMin= per-partition parameter now defaults to 10M
4234 instead of 0.
4235
4236 * systemd-repart's Label= setting now support the usual, simple
4237 specifier expansion.
4238
4239 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
4240 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
4241 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
4242 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
4243 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
4244
4245 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
4246 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
4247 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
4248 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
4249 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
4250
4251 * systemd-homed now supports unlocking home directories with FIDO2
4252 security tokens that support the 'hmac-secret' extension, in addition
4253 to the existing support for PKCS#11 security token unlocking
4254 support. Note that many recent hardware security tokens support both
4255 interfaces. The FIDO2 support is accessible via homectl's
4256 --fido2-device= option.
4257
4258 * homectl's --pkcs11-uri= setting now accepts two special parameters:
4259 if "auto" is specified and only one suitable PKCS#11 security token
4260 is plugged in, its URL is automatically determined and enrolled for
4261 unlocking the home directory. If "list" is specified a brief table of
4262 suitable PKCS#11 security tokens is shown. Similar, the new
4263 --fido2-device= option also supports these two special values, for
4264 automatically selecting and listing suitable FIDO2 devices.
4265
4266 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
4267 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
4268 changed from ext2 to ext4.
4269
4270 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
4271 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
4272 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
4273 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
4274 before the system continues to boot.
4275
4276 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
4277 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
4278 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
4279 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
4280 instead of at installation time.
4281
4282 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
4283 volumes with automatically from files in
4284 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
4285 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
4286
4287 * systemd-cryptsetup may now activate Microsoft BitLocker volumes via
4288 /etc/crypttab, during boot.
4289
4290 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
4291 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
4292 instance.
4293
4294 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
4295 generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart .desktop files, and
4296 may be used to let the systemd user instance manage services that are
4297 started automatically as part of the desktop session.
4298
4299 * "bootctl" gained a new verb "reboot-to-firmware" that may be used
4300 to query and change the firmware's 'reboot into firmware' setup flag.
4301
4302 * systemd-firstboot gained a new switch --kernel-command-line= that may
4303 be used to initialize the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of the image. It
4304 also gained a new switch --root-password-hashed= which is like
4305 --root-password= but accepts a pre-hashed UNIX password as
4306 argument. The new option --delete-root-password may be used to unset
4307 any password for the root user (dangerous!). The --root-shell= switch
4308 may be used to control the shell to use for the root account. A new
4309 --force option may be used to override any already set settings with
4310 the parameters specified on the command line (by default, the tool
4311 will not override what has already been set before, i.e. is purely
4312 incremental).
4313
4314 * systemd-firstboot gained support for a new --image= switch, which is
4315 similar to --root= but accepts the path to a disk image file, on
4316 which it then operates.
4317
4318 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
4319 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
4320 directories for various resources.
4321
4322 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
4323 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
4324 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
4325 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
4326 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
4327 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
4328 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
4329 via the new --no-block switch.
4330
4331 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
4332 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
4333 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
4334 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
4335 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
4336 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
4337 case.
4338
4339 * The service manager (PID1) gained a new D-Bus method call
4340 SetShowStatus() which may be used to control whether it shall show
4341 boot-time status output on the console. This method has a similar
4342 effect to sending SIGRTMIN+20/SIGRTMIN+21 to PID 1.
4343
4344 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
4345 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
4346 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Those calls make
4347 it easier to build wrappers that accept variadic arguments and want
4348 to pass a ready va_list structure to sd-bus.
4349
4350 * sd-bus vtable entries can have a new SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
4351 flag which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks
4352 is determined. When the flag is set, the offset field is converted
4353 as-is into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the
4354 vtable is associated with.
4355
4356 * sd-bus now exposes four new functions:
4357 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
4358 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
4359 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
4360
4361 * The sd-bus API gained the SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS(),
4362 SD_BUS_METHOD_WITH_ARGS_OFFSET() and SD_BUS_SIGNAL_WITH_ARGS() macros
4363 that simplify adding argument names to D-Bus methods and signals.
4364
4365 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
4366
4367 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
4368 document the methods, signals and properties.
4369
4370 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
4371 detail; documentation on how classic home directories may be
4372 converted into home directories managed by homed has been added;
4373 documentation regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in
4374 desktops has been added:
4375
4376 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
4377 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
4378 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
4379
4380 * Documentation for the on-disk Journal file format has been updated
4381 and has now moved to:
4382
4383 https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_FILE_FORMAT
4384
4385 * The interface for containers (https://systemd.io/CONTAINER_INTERFACE)
4386 has been extended by a set of environment variables that expose
4387 select fields from the host's os-release file to the container
4388 payload. Similarly, host's os-release files can be mounted into the
4389 container underneath /run/host. Together, those mechanisms provide a
4390 standardized way to expose information about the host to the
4391 container payload. Both interfaces are implemented in systemd-nspawn.
4392
4393 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
4394 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
4395 target of the service during runtime.
4396
4397 * Only relevant for developers: the mkosi.default symlink has been
4398 dropped from version control. Please create a symlink to one of the
4399 distribution-specific defaults in .mkosi/ based on your preference.
4400
4401 Contributions from: 24bisquitz, Adam Nielsen, Alan Perry, Alexander
4402 Malafeev, Amitanand.Chikorde, Alin Popa, Alvin Šipraga, Amos Bird,
4403 Andreas Rammhold, AndreRH, Andrew Doran, Anita Zhang, Ankit Jain,
4404 antznin, Arnaud Ferraris, Arthur Moraes do Lago, Arusekk, Balaji
4405 Punnuru, Balint Reczey, Bastien Nocera, bemarek, Benjamin Berg,
4406 Benjamin Dahlhoff, Benjamin Robin, Chris Down, Chris Kerr, Christian
4407 Göttsche, Christian Hesse, Christian Oder, Ciprian Hacman, Clinton Roy,
4408 codicodi, Corey Hinshaw, Daan De Meyer, Dana Olson, Dan Callaghan,
4409 Daniel Fullmer, Daniel Rusek, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner, David
4410 Edmundson, David Wood, Denis Pronin, Diego Escalante Urrelo, Dimitri
4411 John Ledkov, dolphrundgren, duguxy, Einsler Lee, Elisei Roca, Emmanuel
4412 Garette, Eric Anderson, Eric DeVolder, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4413 ExtinctFire, fangxiuning, Ferran Pallarès Roca, Filipe Brandenburger,
4414 Filippo Falezza, Finn, Florian Klink, Florian Mayer, Franck Bui,
4415 Frantisek Sumsal, gaurav, Georg Müller, Gergely Polonkai, Giedrius
4416 Statkevičius, Gigadoc2, gogogogi, Gaurav Singh, gzjsgdsb, Hans de
4417 Goede, Haochen Tong, ianhi, ignapk, Jakov Smolic, James T. Lee, Jan
4418 Janssen, Jan Klötzke, Jan Palus, Jay Burger, Jeremy Cline, Jérémy
4419 Rosen, Jian-Hong Pan, Jiri Slaby, Joel Shapiro, Joerg Behrmann, Jörg
4420 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, Kai-Heng Feng, Kenny Levinsen, Kevin
4421 Kuehler, Kumar Kartikeya Dwivedi, layderv, laydervus, Lénaïc Huard,
4422 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Luca Boccassi, Luca BRUNO, Lucas
4423 Werkmeister, Lukas Klingsbo, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej
4424 S. Szmigiero, MadMcCrow, Marc-André Lureau, Marcel Holtmann, Marc
4425 Kleine-Budde, Martin Hundebøll, Matthew Leeds, Matt Ranostay, Maxim
4426 Fomin, MaxVerevkin, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Gubbels,
4427 Michael Marley, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár,
4428 Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Mikhail Novosyolov, ml, Motiejus Jakštys,
4429 nabijaczleweli, nerdopolis, Niccolò Maggioni, Niklas Hambüchen, Norbert
4430 Lange, Paul Cercueil, pelzvieh, Peter Hutterer, Piero La Terza, Pieter
4431 Lexis, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Richard Petri, Ronan Pigott, Ross
4432 Lagerwall, Rubens Figueiredo, satmandu, Sean-StarLabs, Sebastian
4433 Jennen, sterlinghughes, Surhud More, Susant Sahani, szb512, Thomas
4434 Haller, Tobias Hunger, Tom, Tomáš Pospíšek, Tomer Shechner, Tom Hughes,
4435 Topi Miettinen, Tudor Roman, Uwe Kleine-König, Valery0xff, Vito Caputo,
4436 Vladimir Panteleev, Vladyslav Tronko, Wen Yang, Yegor Vialov, Yigal
4437 Korman, Yi Gao, YmrDtnJu, Yuri Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4438 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhu Li, Дамјан Георгиевски, наб
4439
4440 – Warsaw, 2020-07-30
4441
4442 CHANGES WITH 245:
4443
4444 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
4445 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
4446 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
4447 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
4448 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
4449 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
4450 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
4451 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
4452 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
4453 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
4454 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
4455 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
4456 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
4457 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
4458 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
4459 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
4460 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
4461 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
4462 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
4463 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
4464 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
4465
4466 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
4467 "systemd-userdbd.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
4468 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
4469 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
4470 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
4471 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
4472 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
4473 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
4474 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
4475 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
4476 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
4477 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
4478 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
4479 that for the first time resource management and various other
4480 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
4481 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
4482 to apply on login. For further details see:
4483
4484 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
4485 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
4486 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
4487
4488 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
4489 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
4490 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
4491 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
4492 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
4493 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
4494 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
4495 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
4496 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
4497
4498 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
4499
4500 For further details about the format and expectations on home
4501 directories this new daemon makes, see:
4502
4503 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
4504
4505 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
4506 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
4507 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
4508 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
4509 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
4510 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
4511 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
4512 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
4513 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
4514 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
4515 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
4516 usage limitations and other settings.
4517
4518 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
4519 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
4520 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
4521 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
4522 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
4523 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
4524 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
4525 resource usage.
4526
4527 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
4528 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
4529
4530 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
4531 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
4532 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
4533 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
4534 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
4535
4536 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
4537 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
4538 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
4539 itself and the default for all other processes.
4540
4541 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
4542 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
4543 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
4544 database into account.
4545
4546 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
4547 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
4548 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
4549 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
4550
4551 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
4552 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
4553 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
4554 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
4555 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
4556 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
4557 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
4558 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
4559 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
4560 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
4561
4562 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
4563 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
4564 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
4565 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
4566 event source watching it is freed).
4567
4568 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
4569 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
4570 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
4571 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
4572
4573 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
4574 (IFB) network devices.
4575
4576 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
4577 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
4578
4579 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
4580 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
4581 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
4582 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
4583 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
4584 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
4585
4586 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
4587 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
4588 with its sense inverted.
4589
4590 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
4591 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
4592 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
4593
4594 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
4595 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
4596 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
4597
4598 * The Type= match property of .link files has been generalized to
4599 always match the device type shown by 'networkctl status', even for
4600 devices where udev does not set DEVTYPE=. This allows e.g. Type=ether
4601 to be used.
4602
4603 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
4604 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
4605 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
4606 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
4607 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
4608 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
4609 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
4610
4611 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
4612 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
4613 debugging purposes.
4614
4615 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
4616 group named differently than the user.
4617
4618 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
4619 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
4620 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
4621
4622 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
4623 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
4624 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
4625 /etc/fstab.
4626
4627 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
4628 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
4629 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
4630 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
4631
4632 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
4633 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
4634 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
4635 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
4636
4637 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
4638 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
4639 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
4640 Bernard.
4641
4642 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
4643 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
4644 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
4645 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
4646 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
4647 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
4648 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
4649 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
4650 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
4651 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
4652 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
4653
4654 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
4655 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
4656 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
4657 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
4658 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
4659 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
4660 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
4661 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
4662 command line option.
4663
4664 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
4665 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
4666
4667 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
4668 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
4669 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
4670 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
4671 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
4672 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
4673 systemd-timedated.
4674
4675 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
4676 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
4677 GPT partition table types.
4678
4679 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
4680 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
4681 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
4682
4683 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
4684
4685 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
4686 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
4687 for the respective units.
4688
4689 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
4690 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
4691 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
4692
4693 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
4694 "status" output.
4695
4696 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
4697 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
4698 disappear.
4699
4700 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
4701 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
4702 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
4703 address is used.
4704
4705 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
4706 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
4707 dropped from the individual setting names.
4708
4709 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
4710 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
4711 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
4712 such files in version 243.
4713
4714 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
4715 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
4716 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
4717
4718 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
4719 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
4720 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
4721
4722 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
4723 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
4724 with stopping and disablement.
4725
4726 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
4727 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
4728 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
4729 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
4730 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
4731 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
4732 some internal systemd services (most notably
4733 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
4734 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
4735 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
4736 this systemd release. See
4737 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
4738 additional discussion.
4739
4740 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
4741 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
4742 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
4743 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
4744 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
4745 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
4746 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
4747 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
4748 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
4749 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
4750 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
4751 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
4752 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
4753 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
4754 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
4755 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
4756 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
4757 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
4758 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
4759 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
4760 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
4761 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
4762 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
4763 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
4764 DONG
4765
4766 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
4767
4768 CHANGES WITH 244:
4769
4770 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
4771 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
4772 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
4773 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
4774
4775 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
4776 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
4777 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
4778 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
4779
4780 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
4781 units.
4782
4783 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
4784 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
4785 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
4786 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
4787 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
4788 set the EFI variable.
4789
4790 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
4791 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
4792 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
4793 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
4794 and overrides the systemd setting.
4795
4796 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
4797 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
4798 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
4799 effect.)
4800
4801 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
4802 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
4803 that affects all corresponding unit files.
4804
4805 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
4806 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
4807
4808 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
4809 the unit being shown.
4810
4811 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
4812 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
4813 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
4814 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
4815 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
4816
4817 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
4818 allow-list memory protection syscalls for containers and services
4819 which need to use them.
4820
4821 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
4822 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
4823 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
4824 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
4825 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
4826 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
4827 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
4828 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
4829 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
4830 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
4831
4832 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
4833 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
4834 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
4835 This replaces the externally maintained allow lists of all known
4836 security tokens that were used previously.
4837
4838 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for allow-listed
4839 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
4840 improve power saving with many more devices.
4841
4842 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
4843 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
4844 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
4845
4846 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
4847 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
4848 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
4849 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
4850 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
4851
4852 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
4853 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
4854 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
4855 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
4856 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
4857
4858 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
4859 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
4860
4861 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
4862 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
4863
4864 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
4865 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
4866 now supported.
4867
4868 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
4869 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
4870
4871 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
4872 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
4873 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
4874
4875 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
4876 received from the server.
4877
4878 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
4879 set.
4880
4881 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
4882 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
4883
4884 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
4885 using a new SendOption= setting.
4886
4887 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
4888 service type" value used by the client.
4889
4890 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
4891 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
4892
4893 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
4894 a new SendOption= setting.
4895
4896 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
4897 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
4898
4899 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
4900 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
4901
4902 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
4903 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
4904 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
4905
4906 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
4907 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
4908 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
4909 BSSID for wireless links.
4910
4911 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
4912 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
4913
4914 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
4915 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
4916
4917 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
4918 disciplines in the kernel using the new
4919 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
4920 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
4921 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
4922 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
4923
4924 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
4925
4926 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
4927 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
4928 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
4929 on its own).
4930
4931 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
4932 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
4933 of the present time.
4934
4935 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
4936 reproducible image builds easier).
4937
4938 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
4939 Specification.
4940
4941 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
4942 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
4943 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
4944 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
4945
4946 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
4947 is being used.
4948
4949 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
4950
4951 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
4952 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
4953 path as the system manager.
4954
4955 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
4956 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
4957 representation").
4958
4959 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
4960 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
4961 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
4962 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
4963 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
4964 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
4965 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
4966 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
4967
4968 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
4969 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
4970 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
4971 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
4972 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
4973 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
4974 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
4975 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
4976 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
4977 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
4978 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
4979 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
4980 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
4981 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
4982 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
4983 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
4984 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
4985 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
4986 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
4987 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
4988 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
4989 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
4990 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4991
4992 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
4993
4994 CHANGES WITH 243:
4995
4996 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
4997 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
4998 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
4999 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
5000 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
5001 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
5002 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
5003 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
5004
5005 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
5006 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
5007 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
5008 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
5009 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
5010 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
5011 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
5012 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
5013 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
5014 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
5015 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
5016 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
5017 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
5018 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
5019 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
5020 documentation.
5021
5022 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
5023 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
5024 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
5025 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
5026 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
5027 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
5028 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
5029 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
5030 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
5031 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
5032 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
5033 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
5034 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
5035 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
5036 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
5037 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
5038
5039 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
5040 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
5041 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
5042 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
5043
5044 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
5045 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
5046
5047 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
5048 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
5049 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
5050 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
5051 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
5052 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
5053 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
5054 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
5055 caught up with the kernel API changes.
5056
5057 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
5058 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
5059 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
5060 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
5061 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
5062 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
5063 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
5064 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
5065 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
5066 packagers.
5067
5068 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
5069 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
5070
5071 build/man/man systemctl
5072 build/man/html systemd.index
5073
5074 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
5075 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
5076
5077 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
5078 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
5079 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
5080 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
5081 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
5082 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
5083
5084 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
5085 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
5086 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
5087 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
5088 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
5089 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
5090 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
5091 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
5092 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
5093 unambiguously distinguished.
5094
5095 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
5096 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
5097 very rarely used.
5098
5099 To replace this functionality, users should:
5100 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
5101 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
5102 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
5103 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
5104 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
5105
5106 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
5107 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
5108 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
5109 interfaces should really be matched.
5110
5111 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
5112 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
5113 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
5114 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
5115 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
5116 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
5117
5118 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
5119 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
5120 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
5121 stop the whole unit.
5122
5123 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
5124 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
5125 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
5126 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
5127 generated whenever a unit stops.
5128
5129 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
5130 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
5131 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
5132 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
5133
5134 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
5135 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
5136 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
5137 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
5138 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
5139
5140 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
5141 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
5142 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
5143 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
5144 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
5145 programs set up externally.
5146
5147 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
5148 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
5149 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
5150 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
5151
5152 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
5153 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
5154 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
5155 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
5156 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
5157 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
5158 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
5159
5160 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
5161 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
5162 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
5163 as before.
5164
5165 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
5166 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
5167 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
5168 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
5169 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
5170 links on terminals that support that.
5171
5172 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
5173 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
5174 unmounted safely during shutdown.
5175
5176 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
5177
5178 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
5179 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
5180 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
5181 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
5182 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
5183 The default remains unchanged.
5184
5185 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
5186 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
5187
5188 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
5189 udev property.
5190
5191 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
5192 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
5193 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
5194
5195 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
5196 interfaces natively.
5197
5198 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
5199 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
5200 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
5201 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
5202
5203 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
5204 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
5205 also learnt a new BlackList= option for deny-listing DHCP servers (a
5206 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
5207 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
5208 RELEASE message when terminating.
5209
5210 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
5211 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
5212
5213 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
5214 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
5215 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
5216 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
5217 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
5218 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
5219 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
5220
5221 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
5222 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
5223 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
5224 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
5225 added to the GENEVE support.
5226
5227 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
5228 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
5229 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
5230 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
5231 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
5232
5233 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
5234 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
5235 onto the network device.
5236
5237 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
5238 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
5239 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
5240 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
5241 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
5242
5243 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
5244 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
5245 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
5246
5247 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
5248 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
5249
5250 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
5251 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
5252
5253 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
5254 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
5255 statistics.
5256
5257 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
5258 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
5259 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
5260
5261 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
5262 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
5263
5264 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
5265 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
5266 specific udev properties.
5267
5268 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
5269 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
5270 "lo" as underlying device.
5271
5272 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
5273 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
5274 IP addresses, too.
5275
5276 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
5277 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
5278 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
5279 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
5280
5281 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
5282 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
5283 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
5284 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
5285
5286 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
5287 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
5288 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
5289
5290 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
5291 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
5292 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
5293
5294 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
5295
5296 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
5297 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
5298 does the same for recurring calendar events.
5299
5300 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
5301 durations as opposed to points in time).
5302
5303 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
5304 expressions.
5305
5306 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
5307 codes to their names and back.
5308
5309 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
5310 file paths and unit aliases.
5311
5312 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
5313 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
5314 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
5315 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
5316
5317 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
5318 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
5319 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
5320 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
5321 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
5322 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
5323 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
5324 udev rules for that purpose.
5325
5326 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
5327 a device to be initialized.
5328
5329 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
5330 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
5331 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
5332
5333 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
5334 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
5335 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
5336 with gcc's cleanup extension.
5337
5338 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
5339 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
5340 with printf().
5341
5342 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
5343 XML introspection data unmodified.
5344
5345 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
5346 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
5347 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
5348 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
5349
5350 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
5351 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
5352 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
5353 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
5354 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
5355 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
5356 configured to handle the watchdog.
5357
5358 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
5359 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
5360 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
5361
5362 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
5363 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
5364 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
5365
5366 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
5367 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
5368 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
5369 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
5370 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
5371
5372 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
5373 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
5374 review.
5375
5376 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
5377 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
5378
5379 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
5380 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
5381
5382 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
5383 failures to apply them are now ignored.
5384
5385 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
5386 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
5387 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
5388 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
5389
5390 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
5391 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
5392 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
5393 service.
5394
5395 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
5396 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
5397 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
5398 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
5399 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
5400 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
5401 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
5402 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
5403 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
5404 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
5405 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
5406 a seed was received from the boot loader.
5407
5408 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
5409
5410 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
5411 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
5412 above.
5413
5414 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
5415 installed.
5416
5417 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
5418 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
5419 bootloader entry).
5420
5421 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
5422 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
5423
5424 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
5425
5426 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
5427 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
5428 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
5429 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
5430 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
5431
5432 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
5433 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
5434 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
5435
5436 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
5437 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
5438
5439 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
5440 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
5441 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
5442
5443 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
5444 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
5445 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
5446 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
5447 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
5448 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
5449 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
5450 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
5451 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
5452 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
5453 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
5454 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
5455 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
5456 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
5457 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
5458 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
5459 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
5460 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
5461 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
5462 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
5463 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
5464 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
5465 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
5466 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
5467 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
5468 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
5469 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
5470 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
5471 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
5472 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
5473
5474 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
5475
5476 CHANGES WITH 242:
5477
5478 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
5479 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
5480 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
5481 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
5482 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
5483 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
5484 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
5485
5486 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
5487 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
5488
5489 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
5490 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
5491 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
5492 may be used to view this.
5493
5494 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
5495 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
5496 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
5497 ```
5498 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
5499 [Match]
5500 Type=bridge
5501
5502 [Link]
5503 MACAddressPolicy=none
5504 ```
5505
5506 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
5507 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
5508 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
5509 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
5510 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
5511 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
5512 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
5513
5514 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
5515 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
5516
5517 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
5518 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
5519
5520 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
5521 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
5522
5523 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
5524 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
5525 is a USB peripheral).
5526
5527 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
5528 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
5529 measured.
5530
5531 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
5532 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
5533 have privileges to do so).
5534
5535 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
5536 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
5537 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
5538
5539 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
5540 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
5541 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
5542 namespace.
5543
5544 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
5545 in which case environment variable substitution is
5546 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
5547
5548 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
5549 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
5550 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
5551 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
5552 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
5553
5554 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
5555 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
5556 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
5557 installed CPU cores.
5558
5559 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
5560 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
5561 kernel 4.15.
5562
5563 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
5564 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
5565 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
5566 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
5567 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
5568
5569 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
5570 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
5571 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
5572
5573 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
5574 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
5575 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
5576 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
5577 enslaved devices is not operational.
5578
5579 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
5580 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
5581
5582 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
5583 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
5584 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
5585 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
5586 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
5587 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
5588
5589 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
5590 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
5591
5592 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
5593
5594 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
5595 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
5596 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
5597
5598 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
5599 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
5600
5601 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
5602 configure CAN triple sampling.
5603
5604 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
5605 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
5606
5607 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
5608 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
5609 details.
5610
5611 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
5612 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
5613 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
5614 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
5615 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
5616 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
5617
5618 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
5619
5620 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
5621 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
5622 controlling project quota inheritance.
5623
5624 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
5625 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
5626 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
5627 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
5628 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
5629 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
5630 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
5631 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
5632 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
5633 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
5634 partition.
5635
5636 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
5637 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
5638 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
5639 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
5640 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
5641
5642 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
5643 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
5644
5645 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
5646 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
5647 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
5648 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
5649 be used in production yet.
5650
5651 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
5652 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
5653 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
5654 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
5655 input, output, and error are set up.
5656
5657 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
5658
5659 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
5660 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
5661 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
5662
5663 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
5664 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
5665 the specified expression will elapse next.
5666
5667 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
5668 introspection data.
5669
5670 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
5671 the reboot() system call expects.
5672
5673 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
5674 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
5675 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
5676
5677 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
5678 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
5679 ConditionVirtualization=).
5680
5681 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
5682 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
5683 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
5684 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
5685 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
5686 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
5687 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
5688 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
5689 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
5690 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
5691 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
5692 during reboot with their own operations.
5693
5694 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
5695 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
5696 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
5697 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
5698
5699 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
5700 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
5701 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
5702 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
5703 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
5704
5705 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
5706 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
5707
5708 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
5709 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
5710 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
5711 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
5712 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
5713 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
5714 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
5715 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
5716 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
5717
5718 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
5719 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
5720 prohibited.
5721
5722 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
5723 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
5724 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
5725 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
5726 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
5727 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
5728 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
5729 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
5730
5731 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
5732 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
5733 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
5734 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
5735 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
5736 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
5737 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
5738 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
5739 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
5740 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
5741 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
5742 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
5743 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
5744 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
5745 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
5746 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
5747 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
5748 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5749
5750 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
5751
5752 CHANGES WITH 241:
5753
5754 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
5755 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
5756 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
5757
5758 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
5759 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
5760 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
5761 include the package release information.
5762
5763 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
5764 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
5765 option.
5766
5767 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
5768 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
5769 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
5770
5771 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
5772 again.
5773
5774 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
5775 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
5776 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
5777 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
5778 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
5779 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
5780 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
5781 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
5782 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
5783 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
5784 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
5785 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
5786 installed .link files to *not* include it.
5787
5788 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
5789 "persistent", now works again as documented.
5790
5791 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
5792 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
5793
5794 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
5795 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
5796 used for side-channel attacks.
5797
5798 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
5799 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
5800 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
5801
5802 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
5803 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
5804 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
5805 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
5806 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
5807 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
5808
5809 fs.protected_regular = 0
5810 fs.protected_fifos = 0
5811
5812 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
5813 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
5814
5815 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
5816 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
5817 POSIX shells.
5818
5819 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
5820 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
5821
5822 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
5823 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
5824 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
5825 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
5826 points but otherwise empty.
5827
5828 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
5829 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
5830 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
5831
5832 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
5833 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
5834
5835 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
5836 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
5837
5838 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
5839 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
5840 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
5841 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
5842 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
5843 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
5844 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
5845 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
5846 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
5847 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
5848 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5849 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
5850 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
5851 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
5852 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
5853 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
5854 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
5855
5856 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
5857
5858 CHANGES WITH 240:
5859
5860 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
5861 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
5862 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
5863 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
5864 an SELinux policy update is required.
5865 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
5866
5867 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
5868 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
5869 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
5870 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
5871 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
5872 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
5873 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
5874 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
5875 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
5876 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
5877
5878 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
5879 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
5880 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
5881 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
5882 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
5883 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
5884 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
5885 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
5886 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
5887 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
5888 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
5889 the search path.
5890
5891 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
5892 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
5893 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
5894 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
5895 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
5896 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
5897 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
5898 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
5899 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
5900 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
5901 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
5902 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
5903 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
5904 start job.
5905
5906 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
5907 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
5908 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
5909 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
5910 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
5911 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
5912 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
5913 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
5914 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
5915 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
5916
5917 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
5918 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
5919 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
5920 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
5921 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
5922 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
5923 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
5924 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
5925 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
5926 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
5927 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
5928 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
5929 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
5930 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
5931 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
5932 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
5933 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
5934 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
5935 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
5936 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
5937 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
5938 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
5939 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
5940 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
5941 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
5942 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
5943 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
5944 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
5945 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
5946 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
5947 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
5948 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
5949 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
5950 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
5951 Java.)
5952
5953 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
5954 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
5955 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
5956 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
5957 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
5958 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
5959 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
5960 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
5961 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
5962 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
5963
5964 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
5965 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
5966 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
5967 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
5968 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
5969 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
5970
5971 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
5972 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
5973 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
5974 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
5975 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
5976
5977 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
5978 https://docs.kernel.org/networking/ip-sysctl.html
5979
5980 * The v239 change to turn on "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" by default has been
5981 reverted.
5982
5983 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
5984 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
5985 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
5986
5987 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
5988 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
5989
5990 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
5991 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
5992 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
5993
5994 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
5995 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
5996 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
5997 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
5998 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
5999 latency.
6000
6001 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
6002 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
6003
6004 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
6005 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
6006 instance part of a unit name.
6007
6008 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
6009 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
6010 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
6011 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
6012 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
6013 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
6014 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
6015 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
6016 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
6017
6018 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
6019 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
6020 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
6021 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
6022
6023 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
6024 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
6025 to a file, and appending to it.
6026
6027 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
6028 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
6029 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
6030 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
6031 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
6032 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
6033
6034 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
6035 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
6036 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
6037 having to touch C code.
6038
6039 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
6040 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
6041
6042 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
6043 DNS-over-TLS.
6044
6045 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
6046 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
6047 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
6048
6049 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
6050 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
6051 until the system finished start-up.
6052
6053 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
6054
6055 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
6056 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
6057 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
6058 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
6059 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
6060 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
6061 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
6062
6063 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
6064 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
6065 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
6066 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
6067 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
6068 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
6069 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
6070 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
6071 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
6072 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
6073 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
6074 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
6075
6076 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
6077 instantiate services.
6078
6079 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
6080 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
6081
6082 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
6083 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
6084 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
6085
6086 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
6087 it is neither used nor maintained.
6088
6089 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
6090 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
6091 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
6092 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
6093 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
6094 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
6095 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
6096 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
6097 separated by colons.
6098
6099 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
6100 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
6101
6102 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
6103 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
6104
6105 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
6106 "ethtool advertise" commands.
6107
6108 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
6109 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
6110 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
6111 directly.
6112
6113 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
6114 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
6115 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
6116 ID.
6117
6118 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
6119 and generate various 128bit IDs.
6120
6121 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
6122 and LOGO=.
6123
6124 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
6125 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
6126 from any hibernated image.
6127
6128 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
6129 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
6130 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
6131 kernel exports them.
6132
6133 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
6134 /usr/bin/.
6135
6136 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
6137 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
6138 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
6139 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
6140 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
6141 now documented here:
6142
6143 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
6144
6145 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
6146 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
6147 installs during early boot.
6148
6149 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
6150 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
6151
6152 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
6153 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
6154
6155 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
6156 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
6157 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
6158
6159 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
6160 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
6161 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
6162 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
6163 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
6164 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
6165 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
6166 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
6167 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
6168 is on AC power.
6169
6170 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
6171 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
6172 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
6173 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
6174 see:
6175
6176 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
6177
6178 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
6179 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
6180 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
6181 and container environments.
6182
6183 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
6184 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
6185 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
6186 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
6187
6188 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
6189 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
6190 journald per-service.
6191
6192 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
6193 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
6194
6195 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
6196 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
6197 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
6198 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
6199
6200 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
6201 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
6202 groups.
6203
6204 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
6205 --ephemeral command line switch.
6206
6207 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
6208 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
6209 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
6210 object itself.
6211
6212 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
6213 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
6214 not unloaded).
6215
6216 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
6217 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
6218 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
6219
6220 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
6221 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
6222 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
6223 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
6224 "dead" state on success.
6225
6226 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
6227 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
6228 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
6229 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
6230 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
6231 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
6232 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
6233 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
6234 well-defined system service context.
6235
6236 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
6237 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
6238 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
6239 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
6240
6241 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
6242 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
6243 continue to be used.
6244
6245 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
6246 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
6247 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
6248 for example:
6249
6250 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
6251
6252 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
6253 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
6254 the command line's exit code.
6255
6256 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
6257
6258 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
6259
6260 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
6261 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
6262 support to systemctl and all other commands.
6263
6264 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
6265 name as argument.
6266
6267 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
6268 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
6269 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
6270 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
6271 is improved.
6272
6273 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
6274 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
6275 initialize one to all 0xFF.
6276
6277 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
6278 all files and directories listed in
6279 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
6280 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
6281 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
6282 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
6283 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
6284 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
6285 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
6286 the transition to the host OS.
6287
6288 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
6289 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
6290 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
6291 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
6292 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
6293 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
6294 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
6295 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
6296 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
6297 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
6298 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
6299 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
6300 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
6301 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
6302 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
6303 these are opened they don't work.
6304
6305 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
6306 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
6307 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
6308 logic works again.
6309
6310 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
6311 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
6312 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
6313 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
6314 ignore it.
6315
6316 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
6317 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
6318 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
6319 commands.
6320
6321 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
6322 pam_systemd anymore.
6323
6324 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
6325 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
6326 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
6327 policy took effect.
6328
6329 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
6330 python-3.5.
6331
6332 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
6333 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
6334 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
6335 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
6336 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
6337 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
6338 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
6339 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
6340 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
6341 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
6342 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
6343 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
6344 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
6345 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
6346 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
6347 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
6348 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6349 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
6350 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
6351 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
6352 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
6353 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
6354 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
6355 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
6356 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
6357 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
6358 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
6359 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
6360 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
6361 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
6362 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
6363 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
6364 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
6365 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
6366 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
6367 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
6368 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
6369 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
6370 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
6371 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
6372 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
6373 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
6374 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
6375 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
6376 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
6377
6378 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
6379
6380 CHANGES WITH 239:
6381
6382 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
6383 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
6384 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
6385 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
6386 a slot number associated.
6387
6388 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
6389 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
6390 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
6391 independent.
6392
6393 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
6394 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
6395 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
6396
6397 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
6398 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
6399 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
6400 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
6401
6402 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
6403 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
6404 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
6405 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
6406 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
6407 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
6408 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
6409 e.g. NIS.
6410
6411 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
6412 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
6413 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
6414 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
6415 may be necessary to update the file.
6416
6417 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
6418 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
6419 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
6420 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
6421 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
6422 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
6423 documentation.
6424
6425 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
6426 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
6427 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
6428 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
6429 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
6430 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
6431 them.
6432
6433 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
6434 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
6435 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
6436 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
6437 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
6438
6439 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
6440 now default to a system call allow list (rather than a deny list, as
6441 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
6442 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
6443 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
6444 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
6445 too, as the default allow-listing will prohibit all mount, swap,
6446 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
6447
6448 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
6449 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
6450 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
6451 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
6452 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
6453
6454 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
6455 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
6456 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
6457 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
6458 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
6459
6460 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
6461 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
6462 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
6463
6464 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
6465 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
6466 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
6467 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
6468 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
6469 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
6470 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
6471 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
6472 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
6473 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
6474 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
6475 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
6476 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
6477 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
6478 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
6479 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
6480 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
6481 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
6482 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
6483 from.
6484
6485 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
6486 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
6487 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
6488 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
6489
6490 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
6491 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
6492 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
6493 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
6494
6495 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
6496 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
6497 hibernates again.
6498
6499 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
6500 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
6501
6502 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
6503 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
6504 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
6505
6506 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
6507 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
6508 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
6509 was not configurable and set to 512.
6510
6511 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
6512 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
6513 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
6514 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
6515 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
6516 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
6517 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
6518 in particular su and sudo.
6519
6520 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
6521 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
6522 synchronization has been received from the network. This
6523 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
6524 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
6525 services.
6526
6527 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
6528 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
6529 files should work for hibernation now.
6530
6531 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
6532 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
6533 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
6534 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
6535 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
6536 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
6537 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
6538 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
6539 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
6540 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
6541 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
6542 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
6543 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
6544 name following the last dash.
6545
6546 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
6547 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
6548 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
6549 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
6550 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
6551
6552 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
6553 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
6554 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
6555 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
6556 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
6557 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
6558
6559 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
6560 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
6561 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
6562 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
6563
6564 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
6565 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
6566 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
6567 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
6568 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
6569
6570 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
6571 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
6572 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
6573 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
6574 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
6575 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
6576 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
6577 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
6578 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
6579 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
6580 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
6581 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
6582 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
6583
6584 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
6585 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
6586 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
6587 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
6588 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
6589 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
6590 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
6591 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
6592 settings.
6593
6594 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
6595 expiration feature, if it is available.
6596
6597 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
6598 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
6599 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
6600
6601 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
6602 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
6603
6604 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
6605
6606 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
6607 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
6608
6609 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
6610 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
6611 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
6612 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
6613 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
6614 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
6615 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
6616 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
6617 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
6618 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
6619 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
6620
6621 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
6622 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
6623 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
6624 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
6625
6626 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
6627 about its state.
6628
6629 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
6630 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
6631 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
6632 "timedatectl set-ntp".
6633
6634 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
6635 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
6636 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
6637 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
6638 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
6639 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
6640 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
6641 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
6642 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
6643 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
6644 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
6645
6646 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
6647 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
6648
6649 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
6650 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
6651 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
6652 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
6653 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
6654 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
6655
6656 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
6657 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
6658 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
6659 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
6660 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
6661 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
6662 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
6663
6664 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
6665 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
6666 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
6667 shown.)
6668
6669 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
6670 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
6671 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
6672 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
6673 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
6674 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
6675 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
6676 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
6677 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
6678
6679 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
6680 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
6681 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
6682
6683 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
6684 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
6685 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
6686 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
6687 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
6688 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
6689 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
6690 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
6691
6692 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
6693
6694 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
6695 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
6696 automatically when the system clock changed.)
6697
6698 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
6699 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
6700
6701 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
6702 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
6703 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
6704
6705 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
6706
6707 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
6708
6709 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
6710 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
6711
6712 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
6713 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
6714 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
6715 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
6716 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
6717 external user databases.
6718
6719 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
6720 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
6721 refused due to the enforced limits.
6722
6723 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
6724 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
6725 manages.
6726
6727 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
6728 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
6729 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
6730 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
6731 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
6732 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
6733 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
6734 where this is now used by default.
6735
6736 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
6737 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
6738
6739 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
6740 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
6741 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
6742 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
6743 update process in a generic way.
6744
6745 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
6746
6747 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
6748 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
6749 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
6750 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
6751 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
6752 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
6753 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
6754 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
6755 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
6756 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
6757 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
6758 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
6759 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
6760 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
6761 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
6762 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
6763 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
6764 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
6765 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
6766 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
6767 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
6768 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
6769 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
6770 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
6771 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
6772 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
6773 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
6774 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
6775 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6776
6777 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
6778
6779 CHANGES WITH 238:
6780
6781 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
6782 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
6783 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
6784 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
6785 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
6786 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
6787 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
6788 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
6789 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
6790 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
6791 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
6792 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
6793 to revert this change.
6794
6795 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
6796 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
6797 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
6798 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
6799 once at the end of the transaction.
6800
6801 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
6802 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
6803 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
6804 scripts.
6805
6806 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
6807 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
6808 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
6809 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
6810 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
6811 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
6812 still allowing local admin overrides.
6813
6814 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
6815 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
6816 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
6817
6818 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
6819 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
6820 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
6821 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
6822 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
6823
6824 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
6825 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
6826 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
6827 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
6828 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
6829 from package installation scripts.
6830
6831 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
6832 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
6833 without the user number ("u username -:456").
6834
6835 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
6836 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
6837
6838 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
6839 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
6840 /sbin/nologin for other users).
6841
6842 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
6843 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
6844 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
6845 --systemd, --user, or --global).
6846
6847 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
6848 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
6849 which are triggered meanwhile).
6850
6851 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
6852 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
6853 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
6854 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
6855 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
6856
6857 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
6858 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
6859 rotated very quickly.
6860
6861 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
6862 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
6863 pending bus messages.
6864
6865 * systemd gained a new
6866 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
6867 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
6868 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
6869 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
6870 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
6871 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
6872 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
6873 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
6874 session scope.
6875
6876 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
6877 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
6878 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
6879 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
6880 the tree to be accessed.
6881
6882 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
6883 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
6884 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
6885
6886 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
6887 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
6888 to keys in the main keyring.
6889
6890 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
6891
6892 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
6893 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
6894
6895 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
6896
6897 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
6898 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
6899 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
6900 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
6901 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
6902 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
6903 explicitly.
6904
6905 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
6906 the colour of "OK" status messages.
6907
6908 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
6909 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
6910 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
6911 be restarted.
6912
6913 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
6914 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
6915
6916 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
6917 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
6918 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
6919 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
6920 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
6921 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
6922 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
6923 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
6924 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
6925 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
6926 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
6927 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
6928 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
6929 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6930 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
6931 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
6932
6933 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
6934
6935 CHANGES WITH 237:
6936
6937 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
6938 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
6939 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
6940 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
6941
6942 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
6943 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
6944 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
6945 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
6946 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
6947 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
6948 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
6949 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
6950 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
6951 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
6952
6953 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
6954 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
6955 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
6956 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
6957 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
6958 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
6959 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
6960 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
6961 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that requires
6962 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
6963
6964 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
6965 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
6966 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
6967 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
6968 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
6969 now provides explicit control.
6970
6971 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
6972 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
6973 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
6974 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
6975 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
6976 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
6977 unit types that already supported transient operation.
6978
6979 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
6980 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
6981 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
6982
6983 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
6984 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
6985
6986 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
6987 .network files all gained support for a new condition
6988 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
6989 versions.
6990
6991 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
6992 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
6993 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
6994 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
6995 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
6996 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
6997 understands RapidCommit=.
6998
6999 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
7000 Delegation.
7001
7002 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
7003 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
7004 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
7005 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
7006 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
7007 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
7008 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
7009 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
7010 --watch-bind= command line switch.
7011
7012 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
7013 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
7014 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
7015 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
7016 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
7017 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
7018 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
7019 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
7020 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
7021 "Disconnected" signals).
7022
7023 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
7024 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
7025 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
7026 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
7027 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
7028 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
7029 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
7030 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
7031 round-trips are removed.
7032
7033 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
7034 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
7035 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
7036 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
7037
7038 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
7039 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
7040 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
7041 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
7042 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
7043 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
7044
7045 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
7046 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
7047 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
7048 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
7049 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
7050 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
7051 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
7052 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
7053 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
7054 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
7055
7056 * sd-event gained a new call pair
7057 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
7058 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
7059 when the event source is destroyed.
7060
7061 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
7062 connections.
7063
7064 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
7065 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
7066 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
7067 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
7068 new transitional flag file has been added: if
7069 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
7070 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
7071
7072 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
7073 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
7074 manager.
7075
7076 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
7077 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
7078 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
7079 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
7080 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
7081
7082 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
7083 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
7084 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
7085 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
7086 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
7087 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
7088
7089 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
7090 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
7091 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
7092 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
7093 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
7094 level/target is given as an argument.
7095
7096 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
7097 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
7098 where UID and GID do not match.
7099
7100 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
7101 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
7102 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
7103 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
7104 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
7105 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
7106 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
7107 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
7108 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
7109 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
7110 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
7111 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
7112 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
7113 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
7114 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
7115 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
7116 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
7117 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
7118 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
7119 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
7120 Палаузов
7121
7122 — Brno, 2018-01-28
7123
7124 CHANGES WITH 236:
7125
7126 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
7127 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
7128 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
7129 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
7130
7131 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
7132 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
7133 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
7134 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
7135 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
7136 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
7137 valid specifiers today.)
7138
7139 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
7140 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
7141 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
7142 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
7143 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
7144 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
7145
7146 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
7147 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
7148 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
7149 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
7150
7151 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
7152 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
7153 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
7154 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
7155 services are resolved properly.
7156
7157 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
7158 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
7159 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
7160 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
7161 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
7162 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
7163 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
7164 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
7165 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
7166 and btrfs.
7167
7168 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
7169 DNS server and domain information.
7170
7171 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
7172 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
7173 runtime.
7174
7175 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
7176 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
7177 empty for the first time.
7178
7179 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
7180 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
7181 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
7182 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
7183 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
7184 running in the user session.
7185
7186 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
7187 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
7188 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
7189 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
7190 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
7191 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
7192 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
7193 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
7194 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
7195 user instance).
7196
7197 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
7198 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
7199
7200 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
7201 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
7202 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
7203 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
7204
7205 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
7206 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
7207
7208 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
7209 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
7210 sleep verbs.
7211
7212 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
7213
7214 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
7215 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
7216
7217 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
7218
7219 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
7220 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
7221 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
7222
7223 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
7224 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
7225 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
7226 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
7227 instance.
7228
7229 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
7230 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
7231 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
7232
7233 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
7234 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
7235 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
7236
7237 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
7238
7239 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
7240 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
7241 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
7242 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
7243 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
7244 processes.
7245
7246 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
7247 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
7248 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
7249 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
7250
7251 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
7252 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
7253 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
7254
7255 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
7256 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
7257 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
7258 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
7259 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
7260
7261 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
7262 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
7263
7264 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
7265 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
7266 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
7267 time the specified expression would elapse.
7268
7269 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
7270 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
7271 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
7272 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
7273 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
7274 types, not just services.
7275
7276 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
7277 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
7278 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
7279 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
7280
7281 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
7282 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
7283 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
7284 interface for this purpose.
7285
7286 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
7287 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
7288 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
7289 anyway.
7290
7291 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
7292 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
7293 requirements of systemd.
7294
7295 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
7296 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
7297 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
7298
7299 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
7300 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
7301 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
7302 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
7303
7304 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
7305 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
7306 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
7307 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
7308
7309 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
7310 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
7311
7312 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
7313 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
7314 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
7315 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
7316 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
7317 managing software supports (such as pppd).
7318
7319 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
7320 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
7321 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
7322
7323 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
7324 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
7325 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
7326 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
7327 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
7328 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
7329 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
7330 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
7331 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
7332 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
7333 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
7334 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
7335 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
7336 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
7337 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
7338 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
7339 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
7340 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
7341 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
7342 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
7343 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
7344 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
7345 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
7346
7347 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
7348
7349 CHANGES WITH 235:
7350
7351 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
7352 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
7353 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
7354 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
7355 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
7356 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
7357 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
7358 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
7359 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
7360 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
7361 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
7362 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
7363 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
7364 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
7365 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
7366 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
7367 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
7368 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
7369 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
7370 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
7371 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
7372 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
7373 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
7374 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
7375 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
7376 IPAddressDeny= see below.
7377
7378 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
7379 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
7380 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
7381 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
7382 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
7383 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
7384 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
7385 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
7386
7387 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
7388 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
7389 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
7390 used to change those values.
7391
7392 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
7393 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
7394 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
7395 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
7396 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
7397 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
7398
7399 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
7400 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
7401 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
7402 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
7403
7404 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
7405 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
7406 one top-level directory.
7407
7408 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
7409 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
7410 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
7411 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
7412 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
7413 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
7414 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
7415 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
7416 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
7417 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
7418 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
7419 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
7420 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
7421 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
7422 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
7423
7424 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
7425 Meson-only.
7426
7427 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
7428 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
7429 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
7430 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
7431 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
7432 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
7433 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
7434 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
7435 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
7436 acceptable to us.
7437
7438 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
7439 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
7440 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
7441 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
7442 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
7443 requested at build time.
7444
7445 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
7446 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
7447 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
7448 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
7449 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
7450 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
7451 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
7452 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
7453 Type= setting which permits configuring
7454 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
7455
7456 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
7457 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
7458 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
7459 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
7460 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
7461 local frames between bridge ports.
7462
7463 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
7464 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
7465 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
7466
7467 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
7468 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
7469
7470 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
7471 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
7472 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
7473 implement a system call allow list instead of a deny list.
7474
7475 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
7476 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
7477 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
7478 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
7479 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
7480 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
7481 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
7482 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
7483
7484 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
7485 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
7486 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
7487 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
7488 command.)
7489
7490 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
7491 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
7492 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
7493
7494 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
7495 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
7496 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
7497 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
7498
7499 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
7500 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
7501 configured, except for the credentials applied by
7502 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
7503 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
7504 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
7505 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
7506 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
7507 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
7508 on systems where this is not supported.
7509
7510 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
7511 sockets.
7512
7513 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
7514 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
7515 during runtime.
7516
7517 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
7518 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
7519 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
7520
7521 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
7522 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
7523 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
7524
7525 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
7526 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
7527 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
7528 Following this logic, two new special targets
7529 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
7530 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
7531 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
7532
7533 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
7534 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
7535 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
7536 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
7537
7538 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
7539 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
7540 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
7541 --wait".
7542
7543 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
7544 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
7545 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
7546 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
7547 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
7548 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
7549 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
7550 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
7551 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
7552
7553 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
7554 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
7555 containing information about the consumed resources of this
7556 invocation.
7557
7558 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
7559 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
7560 processes.
7561
7562 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
7563 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
7564 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
7565 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
7566 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
7567 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
7568 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
7569 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
7570 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
7571 systems for all five operations.
7572
7573 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
7574 the system.
7575
7576 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
7577 than UTC or the local timezone.
7578
7579 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
7580 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
7581 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
7582 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
7583 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
7584 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
7585 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
7586 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
7587
7588 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
7589 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
7590 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
7591 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
7592 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
7593 again.
7594
7595 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
7596 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
7597 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
7598
7599 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
7600 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
7601 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
7602 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
7603 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
7604 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
7605 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
7606 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
7607 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
7608 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
7609 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
7610 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
7611 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
7612 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
7613 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
7614 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
7615 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
7616 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
7617 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
7618 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7619
7620 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
7621
7622 CHANGES WITH 234:
7623
7624 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
7625 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
7626 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
7627 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
7628 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
7629 summary:
7630
7631 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
7632
7633 becomes:
7634
7635 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
7636
7637 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
7638 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
7639 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
7640 .device units.
7641
7642 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
7643 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
7644 running a systemd user instance.
7645
7646 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
7647 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
7648 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
7649 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
7650 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
7651 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
7652
7653 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
7654
7655 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
7656 (domain search list).
7657
7658 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
7659 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
7660 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
7661 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
7662 implementation of RA.
7663
7664 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
7665 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
7666 ISO date values.
7667
7668 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
7669 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
7670 devices.
7671
7672 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
7673 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
7674 option.
7675
7676 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
7677 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
7678 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
7679 default yet.
7680
7681 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
7682 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
7683 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
7684 SHA256SUMS files.
7685
7686 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
7687 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
7688
7689 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
7690
7691 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
7692
7693 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
7694 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
7695
7696 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
7697 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
7698 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
7699 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
7700
7701 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
7702 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
7703 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
7704 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
7705 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
7706 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
7707 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
7708 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
7709 systemd-logind to be safe. See
7710 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
7711
7712 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
7713 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
7714 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
7715 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
7716 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
7717 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
7718 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
7719 after all the plugins exit.
7720
7721 * If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is set in /etc/machine-info, kernel-install
7722 will now use its value as the machine ID instead of the machine ID
7723 from /etc/machine-id. If KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID isn't set in
7724 /etc/machine-info and no machine ID is set in /etc/machine-id,
7725 kernel-install will try to store the current machine ID there as
7726 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID. If there is no machine ID, kernel-install
7727 will generate a new UUID, store it in /etc/machine-info as
7728 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID and use it as the machine ID.
7729
7730 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
7731 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
7732 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
7733 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
7734 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
7735 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
7736 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
7737 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
7738 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
7739 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
7740 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
7741 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
7742 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
7743 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
7744 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
7745 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7746 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
7747 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
7748 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
7749 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
7750 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
7751 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
7752 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
7753 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
7754 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
7755 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
7756 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
7757 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
7758 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
7759 Георгиевски
7760
7761 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
7762
7763 CHANGES WITH 233:
7764
7765 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
7766 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
7767 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
7768 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
7769 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
7770 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
7771 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
7772 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
7773 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
7774
7775 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
7776 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
7777 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
7778 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
7779 default selected on the configure command line
7780 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
7781 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
7782 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
7783 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
7784 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
7785 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
7786 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
7787 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
7788 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
7789 greatest stability and compatibility only.
7790
7791 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
7792 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
7793 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
7794 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
7795 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
7796 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
7797 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
7798 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
7799 further details about this.)
7800
7801 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
7802 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
7803 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
7804
7805 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
7806 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
7807
7808 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
7809 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
7810 with 'make install-tests'.
7811
7812 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
7813 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
7814 kernel.
7815
7816 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
7817 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
7818 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
7819 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
7820 by the Slice= option.
7821
7822 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
7823 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
7824 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
7825 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
7826
7827 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
7828 following choices:
7829
7830 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
7831 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
7832 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
7833 (h)elp
7834 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
7835 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
7836 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
7837 (y)es, execute the command
7838
7839 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
7840 because its meaning was confusing.
7841
7842 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
7843 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
7844
7845 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
7846 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
7847 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
7848
7849 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
7850 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
7851 state directly, without executing these commands.
7852
7853 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
7854 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
7855 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
7856
7857 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
7858 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
7859 combination with After=) have been started.
7860
7861 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
7862 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
7863 setting, and which system calls they contain.
7864
7865 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
7866 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
7867 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
7868 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
7869 configuration related calls.
7870
7871 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
7872 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
7873 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
7874 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
7875 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
7876 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
7877 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
7878
7879 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
7880 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
7881
7882 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
7883 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
7884 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
7885
7886 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
7887 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
7888
7889 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
7890 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
7891 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
7892 for compatibility.
7893
7894 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
7895 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
7896
7897 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
7898 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
7899
7900 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
7901 support for negative matching.
7902
7903 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
7904
7905 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
7906 permitted runtime of the mount command.
7907
7908 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
7909 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
7910 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
7911 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
7912 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
7913 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
7914 removed from the drive.
7915
7916 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
7917 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
7918
7919 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
7920 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
7921
7922 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
7923 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
7924 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
7925
7926 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
7927 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
7928 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
7929 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
7930 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
7931 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
7932 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
7933
7934 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
7935 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
7936 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
7937 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
7938 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
7939 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
7940
7941 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
7942 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
7943
7944 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
7945 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
7946 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
7947 machine ID in a well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
7948 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
7949 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
7950 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
7951 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
7952
7953 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
7954 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
7955 including all control processes.
7956
7957 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
7958 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
7959 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
7960
7961 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
7962 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
7963 prefixing the source path with "+".
7964
7965 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
7966 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
7967 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
7968 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
7969 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
7970 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
7971 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
7972 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
7973
7974 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
7975 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
7976 before).
7977
7978 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
7979 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
7980 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
7981 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
7982 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
7983 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
7984 the new --root-hash= command line option).
7985
7986 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
7987 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
7988 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
7989 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
7990 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
7991 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
7992 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
7993 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
7994 versions.
7995
7996 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
7997 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
7998 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
7999 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
8000 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
8001 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
8002 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
8003 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
8004 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
8005 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
8006 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
8007 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
8008 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
8009 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
8010 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
8011 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
8012 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
8013 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
8014 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
8015 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
8016 a Verity-enabled root partition.
8017
8018 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
8019 accelerometer quirks.
8020
8021 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
8022 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
8023 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
8024 ID of each service.
8025
8026 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
8027 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
8028 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
8029 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
8030 view.
8031
8032 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
8033 environment variables:
8034
8035 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
8036
8037 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
8038 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
8039 address.
8040
8041 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
8042 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
8043 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
8044
8045 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
8046 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
8047 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
8048 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
8049 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
8050 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
8051 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
8052 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
8053 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
8054 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
8055 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
8056 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
8057 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
8058
8059 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
8060 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
8061 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
8062
8063 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
8064 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
8065
8066 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
8067 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
8068 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
8069 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
8070 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
8071
8072 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
8073 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
8074 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
8075
8076 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
8077 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
8078
8079 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
8080 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
8081 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
8082 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
8083
8084 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
8085 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
8086 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
8087 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
8088 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
8089 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
8090 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
8091 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
8092 possibly even including full integrity data.
8093
8094 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
8095 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
8096 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
8097 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
8098 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
8099
8100 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
8101 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
8102 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
8103 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
8104 directly with systemd-nspawn.
8105
8106 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
8107 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
8108 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
8109 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
8110
8111 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
8112 of coredumps in reverse order.
8113
8114 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
8115 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
8116 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
8117 additional informational message in its output.
8118
8119 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
8120 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
8121 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
8122
8123 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
8124 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
8125 scripting languages such as Python.
8126
8127 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
8128 namespacing is enabled for them.
8129
8130 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
8131 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
8132 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
8133 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
8134 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
8135 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
8136
8137 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
8138 root key (KSK).
8139
8140 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
8141 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
8142 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
8143
8144 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
8145 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
8146 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
8147 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
8148 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
8149 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
8150 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
8151 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
8152 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
8153 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
8154 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
8155 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
8156 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
8157 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
8158 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
8159 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
8160 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
8161 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
8162 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
8163 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
8164 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
8165 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
8166 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
8167 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
8168 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
8169 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
8170 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
8171 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
8172 Тихонов
8173
8174 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
8175
8176 CHANGES WITH 232:
8177
8178 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
8179 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
8180 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
8181 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
8182 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
8183 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
8184
8185 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
8186 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
8187
8188 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
8189 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
8190 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
8191
8192 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
8193 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
8194 to be remounted read-only for a service.
8195
8196 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
8197 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
8198 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
8199 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
8200
8201 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
8202 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
8203
8204 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
8205 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
8206 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
8207
8208 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
8209 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
8210 will be allocated from the range 61184…65519 for the lifetime of the
8211 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
8212 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
8213 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
8214 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
8215 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
8216 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
8217 permanent modifications to the system.
8218
8219 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
8220 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
8221 container or chroot environments.
8222
8223 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
8224 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
8225 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
8226 mapped to nobody.
8227
8228 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
8229 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
8230 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
8231 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
8232
8233 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
8234 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
8235
8236 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
8237 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
8238 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
8239 and the support is provisional.
8240
8241 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
8242 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
8243 unit files in the file system).
8244
8245 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
8246 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
8247 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
8248 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
8249 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
8250 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
8251 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
8252 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
8253 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
8254 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
8255 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
8256 state is fixed automatically.
8257
8258 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
8259 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
8260 option.
8261
8262 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
8263 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
8264 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
8265 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
8266 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
8267 else.
8268
8269 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
8270 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
8271 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
8272 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
8273 bootable on physical systems.
8274
8275 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
8276
8277 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
8278 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
8279 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
8280 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
8281 used.
8282
8283 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
8284 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
8285 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
8286 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
8287
8288 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
8289
8290 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
8291 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
8292 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
8293 of the container).
8294
8295 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
8296 files from the specified location.
8297
8298 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
8299 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
8300 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
8301 be active.
8302
8303 * The hardware database has been extended to support
8304 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
8305 trackball devices.
8306
8307 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
8308 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
8309 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
8310
8311 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
8312 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
8313 specified service binary exited.)
8314
8315 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
8316 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
8317
8318 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
8319 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
8320 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
8321 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
8322 --since= and --until= options.
8323
8324 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
8325 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
8326 are automatically propagated to the container.
8327
8328 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
8329 from a single IP address can be limited with
8330 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
8331 MaxConnections=.
8332
8333 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
8334 configuration.
8335
8336 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
8337 drop-ins.
8338
8339 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
8340 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
8341 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
8342 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
8343 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
8344 [Link] section of .link files.
8345
8346 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
8347 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
8348 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
8349 section of .netdev files.
8350
8351 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
8352 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
8353 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
8354
8355 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
8356 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
8357 .network files.
8358
8359 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
8360 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
8361 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
8362 service runtime cycle.
8363
8364 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
8365 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
8366 has been traditionally doing.
8367
8368 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
8369 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
8370 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
8371 prevent any later plugins from running.
8372
8373 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
8374 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
8375 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
8376 default of SplitMode=uid.
8377
8378 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
8379 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
8380 useful.
8381
8382 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
8383 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
8384 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
8385 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
8386 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
8387 individual namespaces.
8388
8389 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
8390 the output, as well as OS release information.
8391
8392 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
8393
8394 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
8395 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
8396 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
8397 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
8398 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
8399
8400 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
8401 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
8402 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
8403 severed.
8404
8405 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
8406 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
8407 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
8408 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
8409 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
8410 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
8411 information about exit statuses and results.
8412
8413 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
8414 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
8415 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
8416 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
8417 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
8418 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
8419
8420 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
8421
8422 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
8423 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
8424 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
8425 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
8426 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
8427 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
8428 entirely.
8429
8430 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
8431 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
8432 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
8433
8434 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
8435 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
8436 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
8437 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
8438 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
8439 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
8440 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
8441 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
8442 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
8443 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
8444 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
8445 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
8446 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
8447 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
8448 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
8449 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
8450 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
8451
8452 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
8453 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
8454 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
8455 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
8456
8457 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
8458 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
8459 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
8460 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
8461
8462 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
8463 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
8464 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
8465 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
8466 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
8467 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
8468 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
8469 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
8470 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
8471 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
8472 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
8473 fragment entirely.)
8474
8475 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
8476 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
8477 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
8478
8479 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
8480 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
8481 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
8482 FileDescriptorName= setting.
8483
8484 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
8485 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
8486 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
8487 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
8488 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
8489 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
8490
8491 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
8492 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
8493
8494 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
8495 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
8496
8497 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
8498 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
8499 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
8500 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
8501 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
8502
8503 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
8504 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
8505 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
8506 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
8507 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
8508 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
8509 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
8510 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
8511 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
8512 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
8513 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
8514 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
8515 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
8516 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
8517 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
8518 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
8519 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
8520 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
8521 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
8522 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
8523 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
8524 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
8525 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
8526 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
8527 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
8528 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
8529
8530 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
8531
8532 CHANGES WITH 231:
8533
8534 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
8535 with an additional special character as first argument of the
8536 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
8537 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
8538 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
8539 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
8540 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
8541 independently.
8542
8543 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
8544 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
8545
8546 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
8547 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
8548 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
8549 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
8550 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
8551 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
8552 values.
8553
8554 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
8555 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
8556 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
8557 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
8558 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
8559
8560 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
8561 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
8562 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
8563 7:10am every day.
8564
8565 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
8566 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
8567 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
8568 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
8569 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
8570 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
8571 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
8572 available for compatibility.
8573
8574 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
8575 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
8576 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
8577 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
8578 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
8579 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
8580
8581 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
8582 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
8583 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
8584 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
8585 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
8586 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
8587 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
8588 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
8589 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
8590
8591 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
8592 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
8593 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
8594 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
8595 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
8596 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
8597 desired options.
8598
8599 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
8600 cgroup v2.
8601
8602 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
8603 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
8604 limited to subgroups of that group.
8605
8606 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
8607 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
8608 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
8609 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
8610 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
8611 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
8612 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
8613 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
8614
8615 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
8616 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
8617 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
8618 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
8619 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
8620 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
8621 own long-running services.
8622
8623 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
8624 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
8625 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
8626 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
8627
8628 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
8629 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
8630 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
8631 propagates this notification further to the service manager
8632 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
8633 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
8634 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
8635 primitives.
8636
8637 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
8638 "terminate".
8639
8640 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
8641 link-local IPv6 addresses.
8642
8643 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
8644 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
8645 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
8646 --flush-caches".
8647
8648 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
8649 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
8650 is shown.
8651
8652 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
8653 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
8654 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
8655 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
8656 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
8657 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
8658
8659 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
8660 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
8661 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
8662 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
8663 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
8664 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
8665 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
8666 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
8667 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
8668 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
8669 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
8670 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
8671 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
8672 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
8673 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
8674 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
8675 bus API instead.
8676
8677 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
8678 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
8679 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
8680 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
8681
8682 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
8683 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
8684 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
8685 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
8686
8687 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
8688 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
8689 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
8690
8691 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
8692 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
8693
8694 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
8695 interface configuration.
8696
8697 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
8698 specifying the --force switch.
8699
8700 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
8701 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
8702 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
8703
8704 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
8705 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
8706 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
8707 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
8708 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
8709 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
8710 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
8711 to be handled.
8712
8713 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
8714 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
8715
8716 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
8717 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
8718
8719 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
8720 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
8721 of persistent symlinks for that device.
8722
8723 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
8724 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
8725
8726 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
8727 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
8728 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
8729 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
8730 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
8731 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
8732 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
8733 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
8734 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
8735 library.
8736
8737 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
8738 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
8739 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
8740 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
8741 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
8742 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
8743 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
8744 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
8745 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
8746 doc/HACKING for details.
8747
8748 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
8749 distribution's bugtracker.
8750
8751 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
8752 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
8753 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
8754 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
8755 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
8756 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
8757 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
8758 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
8759 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
8760 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
8761 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
8762 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
8763 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
8764 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
8765 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
8766 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
8767 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
8768 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
8769 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8770
8771 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
8772
8773 CHANGES WITH 230:
8774
8775 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
8776 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
8777 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
8778 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
8779 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
8780 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
8781 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
8782 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
8783 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
8784 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
8785 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
8786 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
8787 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
8788 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
8789 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
8790 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
8791 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
8792 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
8793 applications.)
8794
8795 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
8796 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
8797 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
8798
8799 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
8800 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
8801 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
8802 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
8803 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
8804 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
8805 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
8806
8807 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
8808 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
8809 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
8810 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8811 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
8812 command works for tmux.
8813
8814 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
8815 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
8816 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
8817 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
8818 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
8819 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
8820
8821 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
8822 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
8823
8824 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
8825 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
8826 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
8827
8828 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
8829
8830 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
8831 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
8832 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
8833 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
8834 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
8835
8836 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
8837 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
8838 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
8839 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
8840
8841 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
8842 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8843 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
8844 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
8845 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
8846 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
8847
8848 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
8849 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
8850 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
8851
8852 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
8853 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
8854 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
8855 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
8856 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
8857 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
8858
8859 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
8860 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
8861 address.
8862
8863 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
8864 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
8865 should be emitted.
8866
8867 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
8868 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
8869 supported.
8870
8871 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
8872 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
8873 logging performance.
8874
8875 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
8876 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
8877 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
8878 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
8879 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
8880 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
8881
8882 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
8883 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
8884 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
8885 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
8886
8887 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
8888 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
8889
8890 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
8891 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
8892 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
8893
8894 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
8895
8896 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
8897 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8898 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
8899 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
8900
8901 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
8902 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
8903 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
8904 refuse to operate on such files.
8905
8906 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
8907 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
8908 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
8909
8910 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
8911 just hidden container images.
8912
8913 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
8914 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
8915
8916 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
8917 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
8918 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
8919 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
8920 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
8921 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
8922 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
8923 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
8924 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
8925 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
8926 been changed to use this functionality by default.
8927
8928 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
8929 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
8930 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
8931 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
8932 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
8933 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
8934 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
8935 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
8936 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
8937 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
8938 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
8939 terminates.
8940
8941 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8942 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
8943 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
8944 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
8945
8946 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
8947 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
8948 rate of the socket unit.
8949
8950 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
8951 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
8952 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20…19 the
8953 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
8954 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
8955
8956 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
8957 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
8958 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
8959 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
8960 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
8961 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
8962 with this.
8963
8964 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
8965 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
8966
8967 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
8968 merged into the kernel in its current form.
8969
8970 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
8971 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
8972 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
8973 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
8974 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
8975
8976 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
8977 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
8978 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
8979
8980 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
8981 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
8982 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
8983 target is now included in early userspace.
8984
8985 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
8986 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
8987 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
8988 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
8989 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
8990 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
8991 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
8992 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
8993 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
8994 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
8995 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
8996 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
8997 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
8998 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
8999 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
9000 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
9001 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
9002 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
9003 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
9004 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
9005 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
9006 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
9007 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
9008 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
9009 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
9010 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9011
9012 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
9013
9014 CHANGES WITH 229:
9015
9016 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
9017 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
9018 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
9019 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
9020 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
9021 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
9022 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
9023 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
9024 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
9025 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
9026 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
9027 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
9028 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
9029
9030 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
9031 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
9032 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
9033 /usr/bin.
9034
9035 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
9036 devices.
9037
9038 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
9039 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
9040 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
9041 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
9042 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
9043 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
9044 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
9045 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
9046 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
9047 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
9048 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
9049 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
9050 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
9051 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
9052 this limit.
9053
9054 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
9055 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
9056 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
9057 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
9058 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
9059 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
9060 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
9061 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
9062
9063 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
9064 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
9065 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
9066 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
9067 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
9068 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
9069 and group at package installation time.
9070
9071 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
9072 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
9073 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
9074 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
9075 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
9076
9077 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
9078 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
9079 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
9080 supports it.
9081
9082 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
9083 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
9084
9085 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
9086 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
9087 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
9088 file is already initialized.
9089
9090 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
9091 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
9092 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
9093 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
9094 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
9095 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
9096 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
9097 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
9098 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
9099
9100 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
9101 working directory for the process started in the container.
9102
9103 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
9104 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
9105 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
9106 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
9107 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
9108
9109 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
9110 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
9111 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
9112
9113 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
9114 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
9115 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
9116 sd_journal_restart_fields().
9117
9118 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
9119 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
9120 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
9121 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
9122 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
9123
9124 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
9125 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
9126 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
9127 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
9128
9129 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
9130 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
9131 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
9132 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
9133 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
9134 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
9135 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
9136 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
9137 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
9138 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
9139 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
9140 by PID 1.
9141
9142 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
9143 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
9144 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
9145 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
9146 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
9147 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
9148 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
9149 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
9150
9151 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
9152
9153 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
9154 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
9155 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
9156
9157 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
9158 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
9159 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
9160 recent kernels.
9161
9162 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
9163 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
9164
9165 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
9166 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
9167 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
9168 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
9169 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
9170 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
9171 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
9172 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
9173 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
9174 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
9175 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
9176 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
9177 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
9178
9179 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
9180 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
9181 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
9182 clusters or larger setups.
9183
9184 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
9185
9186 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
9187 sockets.
9188
9189 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
9190
9191 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
9192 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
9193 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
9194 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
9195 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
9196 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
9197
9198 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
9199 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
9200 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
9201
9202 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
9203 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
9204 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
9205 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
9206
9207 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
9208
9209 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
9210 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
9211 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
9212 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
9213 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
9214 maintain compatibility.
9215
9216 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
9217 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
9218 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
9219 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
9220 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
9221 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
9222 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
9223 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
9224 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
9225 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
9226 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
9227 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
9228 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
9229 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
9230 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
9231 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
9232 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9233 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
9234 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9235
9236 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
9237
9238 CHANGES WITH 228:
9239
9240 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
9241 files are now also available as properties to set when
9242 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
9243 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
9244 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
9245 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
9246 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
9247 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
9248 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
9249
9250 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
9251 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
9252 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
9253
9254 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
9255 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
9256 created transiently.
9257
9258 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
9259 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
9260 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
9261 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
9262 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
9263 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
9264 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
9265 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
9266
9267 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
9268 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
9269 disk and sync the files, before returning.
9270
9271 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
9272 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
9273 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
9274 enabled.
9275
9276 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
9277 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
9278 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
9279 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
9280 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
9281 subvolumes.
9282
9283 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
9284 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
9285
9286 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
9287 individual indexes.
9288
9289 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
9290 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, … suffixes to
9291 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
9292 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, … suffixes
9293 now.
9294
9295 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
9296 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
9297 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
9298 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
9299 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
9300 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
9301 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
9302 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
9303 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
9304 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
9305 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
9306 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
9307 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
9308 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
9309 number of processes or tasks each user may own
9310 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
9311 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
9312 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
9313 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
9314 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
9315 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
9316
9317 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
9318 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
9319 links between the host and the container.
9320
9321 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
9322 added that allows importing select environment variables
9323 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
9324 the service.
9325
9326 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
9327 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
9328 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
9329 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
9330 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
9331 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
9332 than until they first elapse.
9333
9334 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
9335 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
9336 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
9337 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
9338 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
9339 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
9340 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
9341 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
9342
9343 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
9344 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
9345 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
9346 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
9347 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
9348 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
9349 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
9350 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
9351 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
9352 journal and in coredump handling.
9353
9354 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
9355 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
9356 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
9357 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
9358 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
9359 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
9360 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
9361 software you package still references it, as this is a
9362 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
9363 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
9364
9365 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
9366
9367 Note that only util-linux versions built with
9368 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
9369
9370 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
9371 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
9372 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
9373
9374 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
9375 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
9376 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
9377 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
9378 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
9379 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
9380 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
9381 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
9382 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
9383 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
9384 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
9385 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
9386 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
9387 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
9388 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
9389 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
9390
9391 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
9392 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
9393 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
9394 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
9395 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
9396 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
9397 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
9398 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
9399 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
9400 surprises.
9401
9402 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
9403 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
9404 to the various user database fields of the user that the
9405 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
9406 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
9407 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
9408 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
9409 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
9410 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
9411 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
9412 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
9413 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
9414 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
9415 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
9416 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
9417 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
9418 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
9419 of PID 1 is the root user).
9420
9421 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
9422 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
9423 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
9424 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
9425 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
9426 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
9427 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
9428 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
9429 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
9430 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
9431 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
9432 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
9433 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
9434 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
9435 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9436
9437 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
9438
9439 CHANGES WITH 227:
9440
9441 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
9442 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
9443 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
9444
9445 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
9446 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
9447 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
9448 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
9449 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
9450 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
9451
9452 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
9453 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
9454 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
9455 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
9456 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
9457
9458 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
9459 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
9460 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
9461 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
9462 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
9463 packets on unestablished sockets.
9464
9465 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
9466 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
9467 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
9468 automatically.
9469
9470 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
9471 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
9472 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
9473
9474 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
9475 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
9476 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
9477 for disk IO.
9478
9479 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
9480 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
9481 removed.
9482
9483 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
9484 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
9485 directory is set to the home directory of the user
9486 configured in User=.
9487
9488 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
9489 directory of the selected user by default.
9490
9491 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
9492 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
9493 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
9494 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
9495 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
9496 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
9497 compat reasons.
9498
9499 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
9500 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
9501 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
9502 units.
9503
9504 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
9505 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
9506 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
9507 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
9508 level.
9509
9510 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
9511 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
9512 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
9513 namespaces work correctly.
9514
9515 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
9516 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
9517 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
9518 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
9519 activation.
9520
9521 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
9522 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
9523 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
9524 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
9525 system instance in a container.
9526
9527 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
9528 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
9529 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
9530 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
9531 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
9532 connections.
9533
9534 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
9535 show the control groups within a certain container only.
9536
9537 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
9538 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
9539 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
9540 processes attached, or similar.
9541
9542 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
9543 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
9544 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
9545
9546 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
9547 specifiers like %i or %f.
9548
9549 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
9550 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
9551 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
9552 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
9553
9554 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
9555 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
9556 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
9557 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
9558 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
9559 descriptors using sd_notify().
9560
9561 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
9562
9563 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
9564 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
9565
9566 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
9567 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
9568
9569 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
9570 .network files.
9571
9572 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
9573 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
9574 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
9575 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
9576 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
9577 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
9578 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
9579 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
9580 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
9581 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
9582 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
9583 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
9584 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
9585 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
9586 gdm-autologin is used.
9587
9588 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
9589 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
9590 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
9591 next to the image file.
9592
9593 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
9594 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
9595 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
9596 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
9597
9598 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
9599 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
9600 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
9601 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
9602 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
9603 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
9604
9605 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
9606 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
9607 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
9608 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
9609 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
9610 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
9611 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
9612 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
9613 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
9614 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
9615 number of files in place.
9616
9617 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
9618 on kernels where that is supported.
9619
9620 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
9621
9622 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
9623 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
9624 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
9625 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
9626 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
9627 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
9628 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
9629 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
9630 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
9631 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
9632 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
9633 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
9634 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
9635 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
9636 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
9637 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9638 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
9639 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
9640
9641 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
9642
9643 CHANGES WITH 226:
9644
9645 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
9646 new features:
9647
9648 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
9649 information. It may be enabled and configured via
9650 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
9651 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
9652 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
9653 is any) is propagated.
9654
9655 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
9656 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
9657 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
9658 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
9659 information is enabled between host and containers by
9660 default now: the container will change its local timezone
9661 to what the host has set.
9662
9663 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
9664 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
9665
9666 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
9667 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
9668 information back, even if the server loses state.
9669
9670 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
9671 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
9672 PoolSize=.
9673
9674 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
9675 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
9676 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
9677 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
9678
9679 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
9680 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
9681 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
9682 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
9683 'dbus-daemon' systems.
9684
9685 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
9686 for virtio devices.
9687
9688 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
9689 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
9690 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
9691 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
9692 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
9693 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
9694 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
9695 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
9696 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
9697 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
9698 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
9699 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
9700 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
9701 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
9702 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
9703 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
9704 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
9705 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
9706 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
9707 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
9708 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
9709 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
9710 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
9711 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
9712 grants them.
9713
9714 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
9715 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
9716 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
9717 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
9718 group tree.
9719
9720 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
9721 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
9722 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
9723 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
9724 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
9725 work correctly in containers now.
9726
9727 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
9728 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
9729
9730 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
9731 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
9732 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
9733 function call is particularly useful when implementing
9734 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
9735
9736 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
9737 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
9738 signal events.
9739
9740 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
9741 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
9742 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
9743 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
9744
9745 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
9746 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
9747 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
9748 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
9749 nspawn command line.
9750
9751 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
9752 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
9753 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9754 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
9755 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
9756 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
9757 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9758 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
9759
9760 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
9761
9762 CHANGES WITH 225:
9763
9764 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
9765 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
9766 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
9767 shell directly without prompting for username or
9768 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
9769 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
9770 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
9771 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
9772 the originating session.
9773
9774 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
9775 options and allows other programs to query the values.
9776
9777 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
9778 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
9779 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
9780 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
9781 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
9782 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
9783 probably not stabilize on this release.
9784
9785 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
9786 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
9787 messages.
9788
9789 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
9790 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
9791 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
9792
9793 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
9794 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
9795
9796 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
9797 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
9798 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
9799 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
9800 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
9801 posteriori.
9802
9803 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
9804 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
9805
9806 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
9807 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
9808 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
9809 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
9810 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
9811 "lastlog" tools.
9812
9813 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
9814 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
9815 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
9816 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
9817 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
9818
9819 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
9820 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
9821 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
9822 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
9823 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
9824 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
9825 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
9826 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
9827 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
9828 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
9829 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
9830 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9831
9832 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
9833
9834 CHANGES WITH 224:
9835
9836 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
9837 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
9838
9839 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
9840 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
9841 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
9842
9843 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
9844 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9845 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
9846
9847 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
9848
9849 CHANGES WITH 223:
9850
9851 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
9852 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
9853 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
9854 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
9855
9856 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
9857 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
9858
9859 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
9860 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
9861
9862 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
9863
9864 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
9865 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
9866 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
9867
9868 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
9869 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
9870 decapsulated packet.
9871
9872 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
9873 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
9874 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
9875 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
9876 netlink attribute.
9877
9878 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
9879 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
9880 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
9881 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
9882
9883 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
9884 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
9885 according to RFC2460.
9886
9887 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
9888 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
9889
9890 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
9891 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
9892 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
9893
9894 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
9895 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
9896 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
9897 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
9898 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
9899 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
9900
9901 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
9902 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
9903 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
9904 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
9905 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
9906 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
9907 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
9908 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
9909 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
9910 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9911
9912 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
9913
9914 CHANGES WITH 222:
9915
9916 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
9917 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
9918 or should be used to work around such bugs.
9919
9920 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
9921 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
9922
9923 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
9924 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
9925 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
9926 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
9927 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
9928
9929 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
9930 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
9931 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
9932
9933 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
9934 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
9935 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
9936 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
9937 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
9938
9939 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
9940
9941 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
9942 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
9943 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
9944 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
9945 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
9946 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9947 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
9948 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
9949 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
9950 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9951
9952 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
9953
9954 CHANGES WITH 221:
9955
9956 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
9957 stable and have been added to the official interface of
9958 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
9959 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
9960 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
9961 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
9962 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
9963 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
9964 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
9965 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
9966 portable to other kernels.
9967
9968 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
9969 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
9970 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
9971 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
9972 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
9973 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
9974 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
9975 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
9976 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
9977 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
9978 systemd enabled.
9979
9980 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
9981 2.26.
9982
9983 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
9984 favor of calling an abstraction tool
9985 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
9986 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
9987 in README for details.
9988
9989 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
9990 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
9991 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
9992 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
9993 unit.
9994
9995 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
9996 into man pages.
9997
9998 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
9999 external project.
10000
10001 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
10002 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
10003
10004 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
10005 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
10006 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
10007 state.
10008
10009 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
10010 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
10011 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
10012
10013 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
10014 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
10015 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
10016 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
10017 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
10018 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
10019 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
10020 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
10021 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
10022 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
10023 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
10024 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
10025 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
10026 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
10027 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
10028 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10029
10030 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
10031
10032 CHANGES WITH 220:
10033
10034 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
10035 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
10036 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
10037 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
10038 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
10039 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
10040 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
10041 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
10042
10043 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
10044 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
10045 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
10046 service consumed). This value is only available if
10047 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
10048 in the "systemctl status" output.
10049
10050 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
10051 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
10052 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
10053 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
10054 previously was already the default behaviour).
10055
10056 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
10057 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
10058 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
10059
10060 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
10061 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
10062 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
10063 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
10064
10065 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
10066 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
10067 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
10068 journaling file systems that support external journal
10069 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
10070 systems to be mounted.
10071
10072 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
10073 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
10074 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
10075 stable release this should not be problematic.
10076
10077 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
10078 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
10079 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
10080 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
10081 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
10082
10083 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
10084 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
10085 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
10086 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
10087 network switches.
10088
10089 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
10090 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
10091
10092 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
10093 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
10094 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
10095
10096 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
10097
10098 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
10099 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
10100 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
10101 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
10102 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
10103 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
10104 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
10105 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
10106 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
10107 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
10108 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
10109 been fixed in v220.
10110
10111 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
10112 systemd-networkd.
10113
10114 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
10115 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
10116 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
10117 containers started from the command line.
10118
10119 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
10120 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
10121
10122 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
10123 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
10124 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
10125 indirection via a pseudo tty.
10126
10127 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
10128 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
10129 when shutting down.
10130
10131 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
10132 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
10133 overlayfs support.
10134
10135 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
10136 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
10137 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
10138 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
10139 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
10140 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
10141 images are imported via systemd-importd.
10142
10143 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
10144 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
10145 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
10146
10147 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
10148 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
10149 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
10150 of v1 as before).
10151
10152 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
10153 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
10154
10155 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
10156 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
10157 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
10158 without further privileges or authorization.
10159
10160 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
10161 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
10162 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
10163 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
10164 accessible via a bus interface.
10165
10166 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
10167 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
10168 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
10169 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
10170 to cover this functionality.
10171
10172 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
10173 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
10174 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
10175 disabled/masked also stopped.
10176
10177 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
10178 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
10179 updated to support systemd-boot.
10180
10181 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
10182 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
10183 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
10184 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
10185 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
10186 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
10187 like this and can extract OS release information from them
10188 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
10189 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
10190
10191 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
10192 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
10193 system.
10194
10195 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block devices by
10196 default. A deny list for excluding special block devices from this
10197 logic has been turned into an allow list that requires picking block
10198 devices explicitly that require device symlinks.
10199
10200 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
10201 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
10202 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
10203 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
10204
10205 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
10206 stick devices has been added.
10207
10208 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
10209 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
10210
10211 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
10212 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
10213 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
10214 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
10215 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
10216
10217 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
10218 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
10219 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
10220
10221 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
10222 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
10223 Debian.
10224
10225 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
10226 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
10227 desktop edition, a server edition, …)
10228
10229 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
10230 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
10231 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
10232 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
10233 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
10234 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
10235 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
10236 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
10237 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
10238 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
10239 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
10240 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
10241 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
10242 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
10243 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
10244 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
10245 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
10246 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10247 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
10248 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
10249 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
10250 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
10251 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
10252 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
10253 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
10254 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
10255 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10256
10257 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
10258
10259 CHANGES WITH 219:
10260
10261 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
10262 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
10263 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
10264 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
10265 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
10266 interface with and update the database.
10267
10268 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
10269 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
10270 before bytewise copying is done.
10271
10272 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
10273 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
10274 directory, and immediately removed when the container
10275 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
10276 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
10277 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
10278 for starting a container off the root file system of the
10279 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
10280 available on btrfs file systems.
10281
10282 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
10283 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
10284 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
10285 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
10286 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
10287 systems.
10288
10289 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
10290 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
10291 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
10292 mount point remains.
10293
10294 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
10295 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
10296 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
10297 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
10298 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
10299 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
10300 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
10301 are disabled.
10302
10303 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
10304 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
10305 container to the host or vice versa.
10306
10307 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
10308 mount host directories into local containers. This is
10309 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
10310
10311 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
10312 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
10313
10314 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
10315 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
10316 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
10317 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
10318 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
10319 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
10320 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
10321 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
10322 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
10323 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
10324 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
10325 make the functionality of importd available to the
10326 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
10327 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
10328 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
10329 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
10330 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
10331 only fully supported on btrfs.
10332
10333 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
10334 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
10335 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
10336 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
10337 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
10338 information about images.
10339
10340 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
10341 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
10342 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
10343 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
10344 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
10345 legacy file systems).
10346
10347 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
10348 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
10349 shown in networkctl output.
10350
10351 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
10352 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
10353 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
10354 processes as system services while interactively
10355 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
10356 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
10357 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
10358 full login session, the difference being that the former
10359 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
10360 setup.
10361
10362 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
10363 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
10364 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
10365 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
10366 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
10367
10368 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
10369 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
10370 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
10371 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
10372 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
10373 via qemu/kvm.
10374
10375 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
10376 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
10377 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
10378 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
10379 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
10380 disk images, too.
10381
10382 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
10383 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
10384 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
10385 integrate with that.
10386
10387 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
10388 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
10389 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
10390 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
10391
10392 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
10393 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
10394 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
10395
10396 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
10397 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
10398 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
10399 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
10400 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
10401 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
10402 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
10403 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
10404 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
10405 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
10406
10407 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
10408 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
10409 files.
10410
10411 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
10412 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
10413 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
10414 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
10415 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
10416 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
10417 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
10418 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
10419 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
10420 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
10421 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
10422 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
10423 explicitly turned on.
10424
10425 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
10426 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
10427 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
10428 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
10429
10430 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
10431 supported.
10432
10433 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
10434 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
10435 user/session following the status output. Similar,
10436 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
10437 associated with a virtual machine or container
10438 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
10439 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
10440 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
10441 output however.)
10442
10443 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
10444 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
10445 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
10446 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
10447 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
10448 caller's session/user.
10449
10450 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
10451 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
10452 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
10453 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
10454 user services.
10455
10456 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
10457 same way as unit files.
10458
10459 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
10460 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
10461 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
10462 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
10463 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
10464 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
10465 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
10466 the host.
10467
10468 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
10469 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
10470 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
10471 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
10472 the host as if their services were running directly on the
10473 host.
10474
10475 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
10476 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
10477 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
10478 updated to make use of it too by default.
10479
10480 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
10481 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
10482 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
10483 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
10484
10485 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
10486 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
10487 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
10488 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
10489 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
10490 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
10491 modification.
10492
10493 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
10494 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
10495 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
10496 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
10497 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
10498 information about Touchpad types.
10499
10500 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
10501 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
10502
10503 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
10504 Policy link field.
10505
10506 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
10507 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
10508
10509 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
10510 ACLs on files.
10511
10512 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
10513 tmpfs, automatically.
10514
10515 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
10516 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
10517 status" output, if available.
10518
10519 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
10520 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
10521 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
10522 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
10523 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
10524 run on next reboot.
10525
10526 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
10527 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
10528 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
10529 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
10530 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
10531 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
10532 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
10533
10534 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
10535 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
10536 after a configurable timeout.
10537
10538 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
10539 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
10540 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
10541 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
10542 it non-idle.
10543
10544 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
10545 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
10546
10547 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
10548 each .network interface in networkd.
10549
10550 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
10551 in .network files.
10552
10553 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
10554 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
10555
10556 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
10557 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
10558 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
10559 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
10560 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
10561 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
10562 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
10563 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
10564 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
10565 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
10566 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
10567 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10568 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
10569 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
10570 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
10571 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
10572 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
10573 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
10574 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
10575 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
10576 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
10577 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
10578 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
10579 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10580
10581 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
10582
10583 CHANGES WITH 218:
10584
10585 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
10586 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
10587 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
10588 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
10589
10590 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
10591 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
10592 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
10593 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
10594 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
10595
10596 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
10597
10598 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
10599 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
10600 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
10601 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
10602 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
10603 modified configuration after editing.
10604
10605 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
10606 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
10607 system preset files.
10608
10609 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
10610 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
10611 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
10612 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
10613 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
10614 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
10615 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
10616 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
10617 other contexts.
10618
10619 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
10620 inhibitors.
10621
10622 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
10623 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
10624 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
10625 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
10626 managers.
10627
10628 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
10629 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
10630 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
10631 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
10632 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
10633 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
10634 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
10635 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
10636 parallel to journald.
10637
10638 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
10639 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
10640 available.
10641
10642 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
10643 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
10644 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
10645 or are not older than the specified time.
10646
10647 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
10648 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
10649 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
10650 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
10651
10652 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
10653 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
10654 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
10655 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
10656 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
10657 communication.
10658
10659 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
10660 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
10661 services.
10662
10663 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
10664 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
10665 including their signature and values. This is particularly
10666 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
10667 the new "busctl tree" command.
10668
10669 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
10670 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
10671 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
10672 friendly way.
10673
10674 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
10675 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
10676 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
10677 race-ful way.
10678
10679 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
10680 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
10681 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
10682 journaling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
10683 --link-journal=try-guest.
10684
10685 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
10686 stable MAC addresses.
10687
10688 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
10689 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
10690 the respective unit shall use.
10691
10692 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
10693 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
10694 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
10695 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
10696
10697 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
10698 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
10699 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
10700 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
10701 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
10702 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
10703
10704 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
10705 details see:
10706
10707 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
10708
10709 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
10710 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
10711 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
10712 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
10713 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
10714 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
10715 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
10716 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
10717 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
10718 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
10719 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
10720 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
10721
10722 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
10723 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
10724 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
10725 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
10726 bluetooth, …) is used.
10727
10728 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
10729 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
10730 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
10731 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
10732 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
10733 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
10734 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
10735 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
10736
10737 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
10738 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
10739 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
10740 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
10741 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
10742 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
10743 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
10744 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
10745 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
10746 interface.
10747
10748 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
10749 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
10750 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
10751 luks.name= argument.
10752
10753 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
10754 (this was previously already available for scope and service
10755 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
10756 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
10757 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
10758 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
10759
10760 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
10761 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
10762 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
10763
10764 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
10765 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
10766 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
10767 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
10768 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
10769 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
10770 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
10771 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10772 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
10773 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
10774 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
10775 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
10776 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
10777 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
10778 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
10779 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10780 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
10781 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10782
10783 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
10784
10785 CHANGES WITH 217:
10786
10787 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
10788 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
10789 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
10790 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
10791
10792 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
10793 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
10794 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
10795 now waits until the operation is complete.
10796
10797 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
10798 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
10799 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
10800 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
10801 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
10802 connection.
10803
10804 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
10805 commands anymore.
10806
10807 * User units are now loaded also from
10808 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
10809 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
10810 supported, but is under the control of the user.
10811
10812 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
10813 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
10814 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
10815 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
10816 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
10817 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
10818 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
10819 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
10820 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
10821 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
10822 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
10823 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
10824 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
10825 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
10826 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
10827 question.
10828
10829 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
10830 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
10831 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
10832
10833 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
10834 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
10835 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
10836 command line to trigger resume.
10837
10838 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
10839 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
10840 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
10841 Desktop=systemd-console.
10842
10843 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
10844 systemd-networkd.
10845
10846 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
10847 from the information provided by the networking stack
10848 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
10849
10850 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
10851 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
10852
10853 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
10854 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
10855 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
10856
10857 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
10858
10859 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
10860 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
10861 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
10862 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
10863 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
10864 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
10865
10866 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
10867 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
10868 respected.
10869
10870 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
10871 virtualization.
10872
10873 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
10874 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
10875 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
10876 on.
10877
10878 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
10879
10880 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
10881
10882 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
10883 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
10884 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
10885 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
10886 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
10887 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
10888 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
10889
10890 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
10891 available for service units, that allows locking all service
10892 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
10893 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
10894 from the service's view entirely.
10895
10896 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
10897 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
10898
10899 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
10900 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
10901 session.
10902
10903 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
10904 legacy-free systems.
10905
10906 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
10907 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
10908 easily.
10909
10910 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
10911 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
10912 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
10913 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
10914 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
10915 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
10916 option.
10917
10918 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
10919 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
10920 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
10921 /usr.
10922
10923 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
10924 services, not only the main process.
10925
10926 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
10927 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
10928 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
10929 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
10930 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
10931
10932 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
10933 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
10934 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
10935 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
10936 directly from now on, again.
10937
10938 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
10939 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
10940 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
10941 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
10942 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
10943 enabling and disabling.
10944
10945 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
10946 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
10947 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
10948 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
10949 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
10950 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
10951 unnecessary or unlikely.
10952
10953 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
10954 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
10955 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
10956 "annually", "hourly", …).
10957
10958 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
10959 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
10960 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
10961 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
10962 overwritten at runtime.
10963
10964 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
10965 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
10966 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
10967 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
10968 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
10969 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
10970 segmentation fault.
10971
10972 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
10973 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
10974 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
10975 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
10976 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
10977 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
10978 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
10979 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
10980 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
10981 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
10982 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
10983 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
10984 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
10985 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
10986 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
10987 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
10988 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
10989 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
10990 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
10991 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
10992 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
10993 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10994
10995 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
10996
10997 CHANGES WITH 216:
10998
10999 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
11000 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
11001 implementations should add a
11002
11003 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
11004
11005 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
11006 default functionality.
11007
11008 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
11009 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
11010 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
11011 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
11012 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
11013 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
11014 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
11015 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
11016 files might need to be owned by them. A new
11017 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
11018 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
11019 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
11020 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
11021
11022 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
11023 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
11024 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
11025 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
11026 added eventually, too.
11027
11028 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
11029 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
11030 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
11031 new command to update these fields.
11032
11033 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
11034 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
11035 have been discovered via DHCP.
11036
11037 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
11038 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
11039 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
11040 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
11041 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
11042 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
11043 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
11044 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
11045 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
11046 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
11047 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
11048 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
11049 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
11050 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
11051 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
11052 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
11053 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
11054 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
11055 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
11056 implementation to systemd-resolved.
11057
11058 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
11059 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
11060 containers to their respective IP addresses.
11061
11062 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
11063 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
11064 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
11065 and present it to the user in a very friendly
11066 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
11067 control utility for networkd.
11068
11069 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
11070 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
11071 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
11072 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
11073 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
11074 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
11075 (NoDelay=).
11076
11077 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
11078 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
11079
11080 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
11081 be started only after time-sync.target has been
11082 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
11083 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
11084 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
11085 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
11086
11087 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
11088 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
11089 of the link.
11090
11091 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
11092 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
11093
11094 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
11095 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
11096
11097 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
11098 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
11099 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
11100 for DHCP.
11101
11102 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
11103 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
11104 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
11105 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
11106 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
11107 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
11108 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
11109 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
11110
11111 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
11112 validation of unit files.
11113
11114 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
11115 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
11116 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
11117 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
11118 address may now be configured.
11119
11120 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
11121 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
11122 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
11123 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
11124
11125 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
11126 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
11127
11128 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
11129 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
11130 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
11131 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
11132
11133 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
11134 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
11135 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
11136 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
11137 implementation.
11138
11139 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
11140 journal data to a remote system running
11141 systemd-journal-remote.
11142
11143 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
11144 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
11145 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
11146 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
11147 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
11148 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
11149 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
11150 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
11151 version, you have to turn this option on again
11152 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
11153
11154 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
11155 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
11156 better than XZ which was the previous default.
11157
11158 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
11159 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
11160
11161 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
11162 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
11163
11164 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
11165 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
11166 "systemctl status" output for a service.
11167
11168 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
11169 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
11170 hostname, root password) interactively on first
11171 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
11172 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
11173
11174 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
11175
11176 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
11177
11178 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
11179 when primary addresses are removed.
11180
11181 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
11182 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
11183 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
11184 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
11185 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
11186 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
11187 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11188 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
11189 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
11190 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
11191 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
11192 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
11193 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
11194 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
11195 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11196
11197 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
11198
11199 CHANGES WITH 215:
11200
11201 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
11202 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
11203 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
11204 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
11205 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
11206 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
11207 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
11208 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
11209 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
11210 require.
11211
11212 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
11213 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
11214
11215 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
11216 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
11217 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
11218 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
11219 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
11220 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
11221 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
11222
11223 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
11224 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
11225 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
11226 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
11227 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
11228 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
11229 update or reset should use this condition and order
11230 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
11231 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
11232 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
11233 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
11234 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
11235 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
11236 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
11237 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
11238 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
11239
11240 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
11241
11242 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
11243 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
11244 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
11245 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
11246
11247 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
11248 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
11249 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
11250 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
11251 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
11252 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
11253 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
11254 .network files using settings of this section should be
11255 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
11256 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
11257
11258 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
11259 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
11260
11261 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
11262 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
11263 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
11264 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
11265 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
11266 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
11267 of nspawn instances.
11268
11269 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
11270 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
11271 added.
11272
11273 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
11274 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
11275 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
11276 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
11277 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
11278 configuration stored in /etc.
11279
11280 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
11281 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
11282 parsing of unknown mount options.
11283
11284 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
11285 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
11286 it already exist and not already be the correct
11287 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
11288 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
11289 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
11290 pre-existing files of different types.
11291
11292 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
11293 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
11294 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
11295 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
11296 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
11297 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
11298 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
11299
11300 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
11301 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
11302 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
11303 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
11304 shall be executed.
11305
11306 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
11307 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
11308 example whether it is fully up and running.
11309
11310 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
11311 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
11312 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
11313 reset.
11314
11315 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
11316 most basic services systemd ships by default.
11317
11318 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
11319 field for defining the default instance to create if a
11320 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
11321
11322 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
11323 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
11324 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
11325
11326 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
11327 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
11328 access to this group.
11329
11330 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
11331 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
11332 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
11333 to the journal.
11334
11335 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
11336 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
11337 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
11338 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
11339 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
11340 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
11341
11342 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
11343 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
11344 that makes sure to only show information about the most
11345 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
11346 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
11347 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
11348 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
11349 the old name to the new name.
11350
11351 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
11352 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
11353 coredumpctl without restrictions.
11354
11355 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
11356 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
11357 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
11358 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
11359 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
11360 "systemd-debug-generator".
11361
11362 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
11363 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
11364 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
11365 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
11366 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
11367 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
11368 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
11369 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
11370 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
11371 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
11372 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
11373
11374 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
11375 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
11376 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
11377 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
11378 been added to query many of these paths for the local
11379 machine and user.
11380
11381 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
11382 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
11383 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
11384 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
11385 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
11386
11387 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
11388 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
11389 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
11390 couple of drop-in directories.
11391
11392 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
11393 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
11394 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
11395 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
11396 for dev_port.
11397
11398 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
11399 container (read from /etc/os-release and
11400 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
11401 "machinectl status" for a machine.
11402
11403 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
11404 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
11405 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
11406 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
11407 Restart= setting.
11408
11409 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
11410 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
11411 directly connect to a specific container on the
11412 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
11413 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
11414 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
11415 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
11416 containers is a privileged operation.
11417
11418 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
11419 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
11420 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
11421 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
11422 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
11423 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
11424 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
11425 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
11426 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
11427 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
11428 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
11429 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11430
11431 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
11432
11433 CHANGES WITH 214:
11434
11435 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
11436 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
11437 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
11438 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
11439 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
11440 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
11441 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
11442 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
11443 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
11444 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
11445 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
11446 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
11447 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
11448 devices are excluded from this logic.
11449
11450 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
11451 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
11452 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
11453 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
11454 change has been released.
11455
11456 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
11457 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
11458 libattr is thus unnecessary.
11459
11460 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
11461 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
11462 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
11463 with fewer privileges.
11464
11465 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
11466 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
11467 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
11468 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
11469
11470 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
11471 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
11472
11473 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
11474 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
11475
11476 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
11477 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
11478 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
11479
11480 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
11481 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
11482 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
11483 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
11484 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
11485 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
11486
11487 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
11488 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
11489 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
11490
11491 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
11492 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
11493 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
11494 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
11495 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
11496 modifications of user data or system files from
11497 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
11498 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
11499
11500 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
11501 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
11502 and FIFOs in the file system.
11503
11504 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
11505 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
11506 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
11507
11508 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
11509 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
11510 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
11511 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
11512 the socket itself.
11513
11514 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
11515 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
11516 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
11517 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
11518 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
11519 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
11520 symlinks, and nothing else.
11521
11522 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
11523 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
11524 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
11525 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
11526 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
11527 process (for example, the parent process). The
11528 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
11529 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
11530 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
11531 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
11532 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
11533 messages to services when the originating process already
11534 vanished.
11535
11536 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
11537 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
11538 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
11539 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
11540 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
11541 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
11542 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
11543 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
11544 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
11545 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
11546 all long-running services.
11547
11548 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
11549 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
11550 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
11551 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
11552 service.
11553
11554 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
11555 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
11556 applied to all submounts, too.
11557
11558 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
11559
11560 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
11561 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
11562 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
11563 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
11564 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
11565 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
11566 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
11567
11568 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
11569 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
11570 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
11571 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
11572 (domU) domains.
11573
11574 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
11575 files or entire directories.
11576
11577 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
11578 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
11579 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
11580 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
11581 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
11582
11583 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
11584 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
11585 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
11586 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
11587 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
11588 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
11589 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
11590 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
11591 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
11592 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
11593 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
11594 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
11595
11596 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
11597 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
11598 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
11599 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
11600
11601 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
11602 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
11603 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
11604 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
11605 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
11606 non-directories.
11607
11608 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
11609 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
11610 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
11611
11612 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
11613 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
11614 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
11615 this group.
11616
11617 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
11618 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
11619 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
11620 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
11621 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
11622 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
11623 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11624
11625 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
11626
11627 CHANGES WITH 213:
11628
11629 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
11630 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
11631 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
11632 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
11633 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
11634 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
11635 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
11636 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
11637 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
11638 client should be more than appropriate for most
11639 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
11640 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
11641 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
11642 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
11643 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
11644 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
11645 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
11646 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
11647 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
11648 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
11649 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
11650
11651 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
11652 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
11653 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
11654 part of a different namespace.
11655
11656 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
11657 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
11658 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
11659 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
11660
11661 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
11662 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
11663 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
11664
11665 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
11666 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
11667 when a service fails. This works similarly to
11668 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
11669 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
11670 restart the service in question.
11671
11672 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
11673 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
11674 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
11675 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
11676 details when running non-locally.
11677
11678 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
11679 graphs it generates.
11680
11681 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
11682 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
11683 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
11684 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
11685 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
11686
11687 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
11688
11689 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
11690 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
11691 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
11692 what it was on SysV systems.
11693
11694 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
11695 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
11696
11697 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
11698 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
11699 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
11700
11701 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
11702 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
11703 to show these addresses in its output.
11704
11705 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
11706 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
11707 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
11708 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
11709 preferred over a text one.
11710
11711 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
11712 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
11713 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
11714 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
11715 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
11716 mDNS cache.
11717
11718 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
11719 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
11720 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
11721 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
11722 of network configuration performed in some other way.
11723
11724 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
11725 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
11726 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
11727 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
11728 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
11729
11730 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
11731 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
11732 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
11733 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
11734 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
11735 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
11736 overrides any other settings.
11737
11738 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
11739 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
11740 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
11741 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
11742 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
11743 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
11744 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
11745 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
11746 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
11747 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
11748 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
11749 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
11750 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
11751 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
11752 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
11753 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
11754 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11755
11756 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
11757
11758 CHANGES WITH 212:
11759
11760 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
11761 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
11762 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
11763 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
11764 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
11765 by accident.
11766
11767 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
11768 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
11769 registered with machined.
11770
11771 * sd-login gained new calls
11772 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
11773 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
11774 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
11775 counterparts.
11776
11777 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
11778 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
11779 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
11780 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
11781 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
11782 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
11783 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
11784 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
11785 once.
11786
11787 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
11788 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
11789 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
11790
11791 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
11792 units on all local containers, when used with the
11793 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
11794 executed when no parameters are specified).
11795
11796 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
11797 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
11798 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
11799 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
11800
11801 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
11802 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
11803 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
11804 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
11805 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
11806 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
11807
11808 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
11809 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
11810 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
11811 of the container.
11812
11813 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
11814 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
11815 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
11816 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
11817 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
11818 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
11819 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
11820 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
11821
11822 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
11823 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
11824 instead of /.
11825
11826 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
11827 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
11828 emergency messages now.
11829
11830 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
11831 journal log messages across the network.
11832
11833 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
11834 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
11835 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
11836 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
11837 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
11838 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
11839 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
11840
11841 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
11842 down a local OS container.
11843
11844 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
11845 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
11846 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
11847
11848 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
11849 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
11850 this is appropriate.
11851
11852 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
11853 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
11854 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
11855
11856 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
11857 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
11858 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
11859 for debugging purposes.
11860
11861 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
11862 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
11863 in seconds.
11864
11865 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
11866 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
11867 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
11868 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
11869 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
11870 like on traditional inetd.
11871
11872 * A new system.conf configuration option
11873 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
11874 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
11875
11876 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
11877 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
11878 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
11879 do these days).
11880
11881 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
11882 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
11883 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
11884 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
11885 could not take place because the system was powered off.
11886 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
11887
11888 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
11889 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
11890 it will be triggered.
11891
11892 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
11893 addresses to its local interfaces.
11894
11895 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
11896 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
11897 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
11898 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
11899 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
11900 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
11901 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
11902 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
11903 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11904
11905 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
11906
11907 CHANGES WITH 211:
11908
11909 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
11910 added to restrict which socket address families unit
11911 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
11912 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
11913 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
11914 is built on seccomp system call filters.
11915
11916 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
11917 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
11918 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
11919 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
11920 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
11921 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
11922 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
11923 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
11924 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
11925
11926 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
11927 matching against device group names.
11928
11929 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
11930 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
11931 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
11932 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
11933 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
11934 though.
11935
11936 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
11937 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
11938 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
11939 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
11940 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
11941 (https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS/)
11942 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
11943 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
11944 systems prepared appropriately.
11945
11946 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
11947 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
11948 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
11949 (see above). This means that installations made with
11950 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
11951 deployed using container managers, completely
11952 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
11953 this feature soon, too.)
11954
11955 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
11956 set up a private macvlan interface for the
11957 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
11958 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
11959
11960 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
11961 using IPv4LL.
11962
11963 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
11964 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
11965 systemd-networkd.
11966
11967 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
11968 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
11969 still not a public API though (unless you specify
11970 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
11971 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
11972
11973 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
11974 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
11975 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
11976 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
11977 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
11978 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
11979 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
11980 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
11981 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
11982 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
11983 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
11984 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
11985 users.
11986
11987 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
11988 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
11989 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
11990 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
11991 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
11992 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
11993 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
11994 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
11995 due to a closed lid.
11996
11997 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
11998 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
11999 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
12000 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
12001 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
12002 order to then act as suspend blocker.
12003
12004 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
12005 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
12006 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
12007 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
12008 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
12009
12010 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
12011 now also work in --scope mode.
12012
12013 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
12014 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
12015 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
12016 promises are made.)
12017
12018 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
12019 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
12020 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
12021 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
12022 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
12023 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
12024 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
12025 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
12026 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
12027 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12028
12029 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
12030
12031 CHANGES WITH 210:
12032
12033 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
12034 according to SMACK rules.
12035
12036 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
12037 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
12038
12039 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
12040 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
12041 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
12042
12043 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
12044 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
12045 and machine ID.
12046
12047 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
12048 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
12049 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
12050 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
12051 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
12052 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
12053 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
12054 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
12055 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
12056 backpack or similar.
12057
12058 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
12059 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
12060 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
12061 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
12062 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
12063 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
12064 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
12065 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
12066 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
12067 this on its own.
12068
12069 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
12070 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
12071 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
12072 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
12073
12074 * We will now ship a default .network file for
12075 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
12076 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
12077 --network-bridge= switches.
12078
12079 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
12080 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
12081 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
12082 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
12083 metrics, according to what is customary according to
12084 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
12085 each configuration option.
12086
12087 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax to
12088 allow-list an entire group of devices node majors at once, based on
12089 the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the string "char-pts",
12090 it is now possible to allow-list all current and future pseudo-TTYs
12091 at once.
12092
12093 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
12094 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
12095 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
12096 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
12097 triggered by other work being done in the program.
12098
12099 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
12100 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
12101 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
12102 default however.
12103
12104 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
12105 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
12106 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
12107 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
12108 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
12109 them with systemd-networkd.
12110
12111 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
12112 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
12113 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
12114 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
12115 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
12116 is drastically increased, but given that these are
12117 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
12118 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
12119 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
12120 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
12121 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
12122 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
12123 during a transitional period!
12124
12125 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
12126 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
12127
12128 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
12129 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
12130 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
12131 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
12132 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
12133 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
12134 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
12135 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12136
12137 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
12138
12139 CHANGES WITH 209:
12140
12141 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
12142 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
12143 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
12144 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
12145 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
12146 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
12147 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
12148 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
12149 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
12150 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
12151 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
12152 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
12153
12154 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
12155 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
12156 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
12157 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
12158 machines and the like.
12159
12160 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
12161 shutdown/boot.
12162
12163 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
12164 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
12165
12166 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
12167 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
12168 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
12169 prepared for additional security frameworks.
12170
12171 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
12172 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
12173 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
12174 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
12175 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
12176 address assignment policy (randomized, …).
12177
12178 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
12179 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
12180 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
12181 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
12182 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
12183 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
12184 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
12185 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
12186 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
12187
12188 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
12189 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
12190
12191 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
12192 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
12193 implementation.
12194
12195 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
12196 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
12197 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
12198 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
12199 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
12200 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
12201 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
12202 and .service units.
12203
12204 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
12205 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
12206 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
12207
12208 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
12209 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
12210 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
12211 nothing makes use of it.
12212
12213 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
12214 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
12215 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
12216
12217 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
12218 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
12219 compatibility purposes.
12220
12221 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
12222 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
12223 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
12224 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
12225 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
12226 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
12227 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
12228 process handling.
12229
12230 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
12231 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
12232 style to "sd-bus.h".
12233
12234 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
12235 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
12236 "systemd-networkd".
12237
12238 * There is a new kernel command line option
12239 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
12240 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
12241 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
12242 are not restored.
12243
12244 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
12245 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
12246 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
12247 PID1's support for that anymore.
12248
12249 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
12250 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
12251
12252 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
12253 busctl, systemd-run, … have gained a new switch "-M" to
12254 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
12255 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
12256 container that is registered with machined, such as those
12257 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
12258
12259 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
12260 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
12261 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
12262 onto remote systems.
12263
12264 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
12265 login in any local container. This works with any container
12266 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
12267 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
12268
12269 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
12270 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
12271 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
12272 system of some kind.
12273
12274 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
12275 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
12276 next.
12277
12278 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
12279 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
12280 reboot() system call.
12281
12282 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
12283 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
12284 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
12285 still available but not advertised anymore.
12286
12287 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
12288 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
12289 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
12290 within each Unit.
12291
12292 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
12293 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
12294 the kernel).
12295
12296 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
12297 timestamps (following the setting in
12298 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
12299
12300 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
12301 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
12302
12303 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
12304 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
12305
12306 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
12307 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
12308 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
12309
12310 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
12311 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
12312 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
12313 the full configuration is shown.
12314
12315 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
12316 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
12317 those commands which take multiple unit names.
12318
12319 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
12320
12321 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
12322 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
12323
12324 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
12325 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
12326 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
12327 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
12328
12329 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
12330 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
12331 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
12332 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
12333
12334 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
12335 of the legend text.
12336
12337 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
12338 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
12339 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
12340 remote sessions.
12341
12342 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
12343 information of SDIO devices.
12344
12345 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
12346 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
12347 the system manager.
12348
12349 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
12350 short description of the connection parameters in the
12351 description.
12352
12353 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
12354 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
12355 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
12356 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
12357 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
12358 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
12359 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
12360
12361 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
12362 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
12363 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
12364 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
12365 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
12366 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
12367 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
12368 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
12369 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
12370
12371 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
12372 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
12373 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
12374 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
12375 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
12376 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
12377 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
12378 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
12379 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
12380 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
12381 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
12382 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
12383 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
12384 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
12385 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
12386 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
12387 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
12388 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
12389 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
12390 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
12391 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
12392 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
12393 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
12394
12395 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
12396 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
12397 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
12398 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
12399 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
12400 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
12401 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
12402 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
12403 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
12404 that you are aware of the instability of the current
12405 APIs.
12406
12407 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
12408 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
12409 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
12410 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
12411 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
12412 declare the APIs stable.
12413
12414 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
12415 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
12416 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
12417 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
12418 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
12419 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
12420 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
12421 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
12422 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
12423 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
12424 one of them is updated.
12425
12426 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
12427 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
12428 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
12429 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
12430 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
12431
12432 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
12433 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
12434 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
12435 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
12436 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
12437 entry points.
12438
12439 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
12440 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
12441 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
12442 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
12443 been disabled at compile-time.
12444
12445 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
12446 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
12447 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
12448 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
12449
12450 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
12451 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
12452 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
12453
12454 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
12455 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
12456 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
12457
12458 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
12459 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
12460 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
12461
12462 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
12463 remains until jobs expire.
12464
12465 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
12466 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
12467 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
12468 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
12469 all remaining processes of the service.
12470
12471 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
12472 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
12473 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
12474 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
12475 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
12476 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
12477 manager process which created them takes no further
12478 responsibilities for it.
12479
12480 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
12481 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
12482 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
12483 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
12484 marked executable or world-writable.
12485
12486 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
12487 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
12488 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
12489 "--setenv=" for consistency.
12490
12491 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
12492 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
12493 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
12494 independent of the host.
12495
12496 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
12497 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
12498 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
12499 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
12500
12501 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
12502 with specific SELinux labels set.
12503
12504 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
12505 any additional output but the container's own console
12506 output.
12507
12508 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
12509 container without PID namespacing enabled.
12510
12511 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
12512 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
12513 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
12514 OS images, but only specific apps.
12515
12516 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
12517 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
12518 results in registration of the unit service itself in
12519 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
12520
12521 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
12522 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
12523 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
12524 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
12525 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
12526 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
12527
12528 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
12529 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
12530 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
12531 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
12532 units to use.
12533
12534 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
12535 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
12536 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
12537 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
12538
12539 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
12540 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
12541 context for a service.
12542
12543 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
12544 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
12545 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
12546 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
12547 influence this logic.
12548
12549 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
12550 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
12551 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
12552 other things.
12553
12554 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
12555 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
12556 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
12557 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
12558 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
12559 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
12560 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
12561 architectures). There is also a global
12562 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
12563 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
12564
12565 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
12566 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
12567
12568 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
12569 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
12570 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
12571 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
12572 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
12573 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
12574 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
12575 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
12576 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
12577 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
12578 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
12579 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
12580 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
12581 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
12582 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
12583 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
12584 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
12585 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
12586 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
12587 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
12588 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
12589 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
12590 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
12591 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12592
12593 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
12594
12595 CHANGES WITH 208:
12596
12597 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
12598 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
12599 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
12600 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
12601 access input and drm devices which are normally
12602 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
12603 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
12604 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
12605 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
12606 session switching without allowing background sessions to
12607 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
12608 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
12609 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
12610
12611 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
12612 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
12613 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
12614
12615 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
12616 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
12617 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
12618 kernel version number.
12619
12620 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
12621 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
12622 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
12623
12624 * This release removes high-level support for the
12625 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
12626 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
12627 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
12628 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
12629
12630 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
12631 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
12632 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
12633 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
12634 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
12635 cgroup system.
12636
12637 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
12638 messages containing the slice a message was generated
12639 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
12640 logs among other things.
12641
12642 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
12643 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
12644 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
12645 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
12646 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
12647 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
12648 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
12649 journald which would be necessary to resolve
12650 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
12651 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
12652 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
12653 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
12654 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
12655 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
12656 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
12657 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
12658 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
12659 not delayed until next reboot.
12660
12661 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
12662 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
12663 systemd generated files in one directory.
12664
12665 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
12666 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
12667 performance information if that's available to determine how
12668 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
12669 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
12670 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
12671
12672 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
12673 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
12674 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
12675 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12676 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
12677 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
12678 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12679
12680 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
12681
12682 CHANGES WITH 207:
12683
12684 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
12685 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
12686 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
12687 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
12688
12689 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
12690 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
12691 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
12692 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
12693 specified on the kernel command line less important.
12694
12695 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
12696 retrieve the VT number of a session.
12697
12698 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
12699 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
12700 maximum number of tries.
12701
12702 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
12703 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
12704 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
12705
12706 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
12707 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
12708
12709 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
12710 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
12711 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
12712
12713 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
12714 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
12715 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
12716
12717 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
12718 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
12719 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
12720 and type).
12721
12722 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
12723 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
12724
12725 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
12726 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
12727 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
12728 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
12729
12730 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
12731 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
12732 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
12733 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
12734 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
12735 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
12736 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
12737 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
12738
12739 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
12740 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
12741 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
12742 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
12743
12744 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
12745 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
12746 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
12747 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
12748 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
12749 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
12750 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
12751
12752 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
12753 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
12754
12755 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
12756 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
12757 automatically after the process terminated.
12758
12759 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
12760 certain paths from operation.
12761
12762 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
12763 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
12764 is received.
12765
12766 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
12767 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
12768 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
12769 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
12770 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
12771 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
12772 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
12773 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
12774 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
12775 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
12776 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
12777 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
12778 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12779
12780 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
12781
12782 CHANGES WITH 206:
12783
12784 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
12785 concepts introduced with 205.
12786
12787 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
12788 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
12789 -r".
12790
12791 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
12792 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
12793 --state= parameter.
12794
12795 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
12796 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
12797 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
12798 the journal.
12799
12800 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
12801 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
12802 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
12803
12804 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
12805 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
12806 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
12807 browsing logs from that point on.
12808
12809 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
12810 of an FSS key.
12811
12812 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
12813 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
12814 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
12815 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
12816 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
12817 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
12818 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
12819 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
12820 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
12821 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
12822 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
12823 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
12824 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
12825 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
12826
12827 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
12828 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
12829 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
12830 backing module right-away.
12831
12832 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
12833 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
12834
12835 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
12836 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
12837
12838 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
12839 set of processes in the message metadata.
12840
12841 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
12842
12843 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
12844 support for passing performance data via environment
12845 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
12846 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
12847 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
12848 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
12849 deserialize it again.
12850
12851 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
12852 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
12853 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
12854 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
12855
12856 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
12857 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
12858 completely silent shutdown when used.
12859
12860 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
12861 option in .socket units.
12862
12863 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
12864 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
12865 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
12866 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
12867 system.slice as before.
12868
12869 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
12870
12871 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
12872 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
12873 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
12874 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
12875 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
12876 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
12877 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
12878
12879 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
12880
12881 CHANGES WITH 205:
12882
12883 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
12884
12885 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
12886 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
12887 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
12888 possible for system services and applications to group their
12889 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
12890 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
12891 together, or apply resource limits on them.
12892
12893 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
12894 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
12895 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
12896 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
12897 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
12898
12899 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
12900 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
12901 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
12902 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
12903
12904 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
12905 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
12906 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
12907 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
12908 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
12909 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
12910 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
12911 and useful as a general batch manager.
12912
12913 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
12914 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
12915 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
12916 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
12917 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
12918 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
12919 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
12920 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
12921 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
12922 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
12923
12924 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
12925 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
12926 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
12927 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
12928 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
12929 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
12930 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
12931 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
12932 is compile-time optional.
12933
12934 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
12935 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
12936 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
12937 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
12938 well as slice units.
12939
12940 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
12941 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
12942 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
12943 but will be extended later on to make more properties
12944 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
12945 command that wraps this call.
12946
12947 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
12948 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
12949 while configuring a number of settings via the command
12950 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
12951 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
12952 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
12953 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
12954
12955 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
12956 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
12957 off audit.
12958
12959 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
12960 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
12961
12962 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
12963 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
12964 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
12965 and system logs.
12966
12967 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
12968 snippets extending unit files.
12969
12970 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
12971 not available as public API.
12972
12973 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
12974 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
12975 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
12976
12977 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
12978 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
12979 controls what to boot into by default.
12980
12981 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
12982 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
12983
12984 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
12985 generators needed for execution, as well as information
12986 about the unit file loading.
12987
12988 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
12989 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
12990 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
12991 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
12992 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
12993 racy due to journal file rotation.
12994
12995 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
12996 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
12997 all services.
12998
12999 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
13000 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
13001 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
13002 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, … fields. This is useful if
13003 system services want to log events about specific client
13004 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
13005 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
13006 unit is requested.
13007
13008 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
13009 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
13010 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
13011 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
13012 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
13013 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13014 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
13015 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
13016 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
13017 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
13018 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
13019 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
13020 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
13021
13022 CHANGES WITH 204:
13023
13024 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
13025 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
13026
13027 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
13028 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
13029 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
13030
13031 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
13032 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13033
13034 CHANGES WITH 203:
13035
13036 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
13037 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
13038
13039 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
13040 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
13041 fields, including the root directory.
13042
13043 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
13044 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
13045 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
13046 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
13047 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
13048 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
13049 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
13050 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
13051 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
13052 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
13053 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
13054
13055 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
13056 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
13057
13058 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
13059 have taken an inhibitor lock.
13060
13061 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
13062 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
13063 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
13064 the local hostname.
13065
13066 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
13067 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
13068 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
13069 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
13070 VMs/containers coming and going.
13071
13072 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
13073 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
13074 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
13075
13076 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
13077 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
13078 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
13079 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
13080
13081 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
13082 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
13083 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
13084
13085 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
13086 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
13087 services. With the container's root directory in
13088 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
13089 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
13090
13091 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
13092 the processes within a certain container.
13093
13094 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
13095 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
13096 check though. Patches welcome!
13097
13098 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
13099 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
13100 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
13101 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
13102 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
13103
13104 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
13105 the passed argument if applicable.
13106
13107 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
13108 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
13109 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
13110 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
13111 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
13112 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
13113 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
13114 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13115
13116 CHANGES WITH 202:
13117
13118 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
13119 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
13120 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
13121 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
13122 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
13123 units activate.
13124
13125 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
13126 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
13127 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
13128 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
13129 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
13130 for now, and not installable.
13131
13132 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
13133 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
13134 can run in conjunction with udev.
13135
13136 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
13137 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
13138 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
13139 session manager.
13140
13141 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
13142 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
13143 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
13144 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
13145 services, user processes and containers/virtual
13146 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
13147 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
13148 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
13149 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
13150 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
13151 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
13152
13153 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
13154
13155 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
13156 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
13157 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
13158 logical expressions.
13159
13160 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
13161 switches.
13162
13163 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
13164 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
13165 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
13166 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
13167 the user.
13168
13169 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
13170 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
13171 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
13172 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
13173 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
13174 an entry.
13175
13176 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
13177 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13178 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
13179 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
13180 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
13181 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13182
13183 CHANGES WITH 201:
13184
13185 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
13186 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
13187 directory.
13188
13189 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
13190 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
13191 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
13192 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
13193 problem.
13194
13195 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
13196 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
13197 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
13198 before the key file is attempted to be read.
13199
13200 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
13201 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
13202
13203 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
13204 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
13205 files in this context are files such as
13206 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
13207
13208 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
13209 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
13210 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
13211 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
13212 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
13213 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
13214
13215 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
13216 hostnames.
13217
13218 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
13219 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
13220 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
13221 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
13222 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
13223 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
13224 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
13225 all time-related output of systemd.
13226
13227 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
13228 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
13229 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
13230 loops.
13231
13232 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
13233 (models, layouts, variants, options).
13234
13235 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
13236 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
13237 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
13238 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
13239 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
13240
13241 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
13242 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
13243 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
13244 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
13245 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
13246 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
13247 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
13248
13249 CHANGES WITH 200:
13250
13251 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
13252 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
13253 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
13254 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
13255 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
13256 middle ground between physical and access time order.
13257
13258 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
13259 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
13260 images.
13261
13262 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
13263 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
13264 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13265
13266 CHANGES WITH 199:
13267
13268 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
13269
13270 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
13271 security policy.
13272
13273 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
13274 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
13275 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
13276 shared by all processes of a service (which means
13277 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
13278 the same service can still access). When a service is
13279 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
13280 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
13281 this though).
13282
13283 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
13284 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
13285 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
13286 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
13287 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
13288 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
13289
13290 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
13291 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
13292
13293 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
13294 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
13295
13296 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
13297
13298 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
13299 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
13300 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
13301 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
13302 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
13303
13304 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
13305 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
13306 system is to be mounted.
13307
13308 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
13309 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
13310 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
13311 purpose for socket units.
13312
13313 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
13314 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
13315
13316 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
13317 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
13318 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
13319 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
13320 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
13321
13322 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
13323 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
13324 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
13325 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
13326 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
13327 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
13328 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
13329 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
13330 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13331
13332 CHANGES WITH 198:
13333
13334 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
13335 files without having to edit/override the unit files
13336 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
13337 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
13338 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
13339 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
13340 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
13341 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
13342 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
13343 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
13344 unit files locally: copying the files from
13345 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
13346 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
13347 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
13348 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
13349 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
13350 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
13351 for them too.
13352
13353 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
13354 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
13355 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
13356 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
13357 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
13358 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
13359 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
13360 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
13361 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
13362
13363 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
13364 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
13365
13366 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
13367 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
13368 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
13369 other users.
13370
13371 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
13372 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
13373 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
13374 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
13375 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
13376 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
13377 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
13378 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
13379 management logic is also available to other programs via the
13380 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
13381 supported.
13382
13383 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
13384 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
13385 the foreground VT.
13386
13387 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
13388 call.
13389
13390 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
13391 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
13392 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
13393 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
13394 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
13395 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
13396 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
13397 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
13398 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
13399 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
13400 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
13401 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
13402 also been removed.
13403
13404 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
13405 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
13406 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
13407 objects themselves.
13408
13409 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
13410
13411 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
13412 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
13413 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
13414 to how this is supported in shells.
13415
13416 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
13417 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
13418 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
13419 user systemd instance.
13420
13421 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
13422 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
13423 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
13424 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
13425 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
13426 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
13427 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
13428 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
13429 one day for good in the kernel.
13430
13431 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
13432 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
13433 container.
13434
13435 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
13436 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
13437 the host into the container.
13438
13439 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
13440 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
13441 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
13442 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
13443 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
13444 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
13445
13446 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
13447
13448 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
13449 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
13450 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
13451 configured to be mounted there.
13452
13453 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
13454 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
13455 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
13456 system resume events.
13457
13458 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
13459 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
13460 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
13461 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
13462
13463 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
13464 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
13465 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
13466 card).
13467
13468 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
13469 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
13470 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
13471
13472 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
13473 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
13474 later "change" event.
13475
13476 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
13477 now carry a message ID.
13478
13479 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
13480 continues to be work in progress.
13481
13482 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
13483 root directory to operate relative to.
13484
13485 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
13486 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
13487 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
13488 times a little.
13489
13490 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
13491 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
13492 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
13493 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
13494 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
13495 request boot into firmware operations.
13496
13497 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
13498 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
13499 correctly in initrds.
13500
13501 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
13502 compile time optional via a configure switch.
13503
13504 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
13505 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
13506
13507 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
13508 the status of all active or failed units.
13509
13510 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
13511 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
13512 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
13513 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
13514 requests more robust.
13515
13516 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
13517 reading journal files.
13518
13519 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
13520 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
13521
13522 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION
13523
13524 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
13525 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
13526
13527 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
13528 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
13529 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
13530 socket activation in daemons.
13531
13532 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
13533 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
13534
13535 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
13536 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
13537 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
13538
13539 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
13540 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
13541 system units.
13542
13543 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
13544 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
13545 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
13546
13547 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
13548 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
13549 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
13550 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
13551 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
13552 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
13553 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
13554 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
13555 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
13556 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
13557 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
13558 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
13559 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
13560 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
13561 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
13562 package installation time.
13563
13564 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
13565 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
13566 scripts need to create these system user/group at
13567 installation time.
13568
13569 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
13570 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
13571
13572 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
13573
13574 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
13575 available.
13576
13577 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
13578 load SMACK policies at early boot.
13579
13580 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
13581 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
13582 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
13583 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
13584 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
13585 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
13586 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
13587 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
13588 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
13589 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
13590 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
13591 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
13592 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
13593 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
13594
13595 CHANGES WITH 197:
13596
13597 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
13598 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
13599 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
13600 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
13601 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
13602 a Thursday or a Friday. This brings timer event support
13603 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
13604 the supported calendar time specification language see
13605 systemd.time(7).
13606
13607 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
13608 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
13609 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
13610 document for details:
13611
13612 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.net-naming-scheme.html
13613
13614 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
13615 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
13616 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
13617 implementations around and minimal in its code and
13618 dependencies.
13619
13620 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
13621 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
13622 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
13623 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
13624 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
13625 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
13626 with a configure switch.
13627
13628 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
13629 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
13630 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
13631 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
13632 such as ext4.
13633
13634 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
13635 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
13636 identities are attached to the devices as well.
13637
13638 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
13639 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
13640
13641 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
13642 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
13643 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
13644 using only core OS tools.
13645
13646 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
13647 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
13648 implementation of socket activated nspawn
13649 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
13650 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
13651 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
13652 eventually.
13653
13654 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
13655 presenting log data.
13656
13657 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
13658 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
13659
13660 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
13661 system on idle.
13662
13663 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
13664 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
13665 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
13666 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
13667 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
13668 information if possible.
13669
13670 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
13671 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
13672 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
13673
13674 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
13675 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
13676 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
13677 is running on battery power.
13678
13679 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
13680 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
13681 is in the "failed" state.
13682
13683 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
13684 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
13685 environment files at once.
13686
13687 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
13688 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
13689 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
13690 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
13691 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
13692 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
13693 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
13694 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
13695 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
13696 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
13697 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
13698 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
13699 pieces of code locally from the git history.
13700
13701 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
13702 log the unit name in the message meta data.
13703
13704 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
13705 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
13706
13707 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
13708 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
13709 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
13710 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
13711 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
13712 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
13713 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
13714 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
13715 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
13716 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
13717 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
13718 shipped from us upstream.
13719
13720 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
13721 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
13722 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
13723 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
13724 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13725 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
13726 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
13727 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
13728 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
13729 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
13730 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
13731 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
13732 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13733
13734 CHANGES WITH 196:
13735
13736 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
13737 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
13738 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
13739 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
13740 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
13741 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
13742 becoming the one central database for non-essential
13743 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
13744 database was only attached to select devices, since the
13745 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
13746 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
13747 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
13748 data for all devices where this is available, by
13749 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
13750 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
13751 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
13752 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
13753 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
13754 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
13755
13756 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
13757 indexed database to link up additional information with
13758 journal entries. For further details please check:
13759
13760 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
13761
13762 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
13763 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
13764 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
13765 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
13766 macro for this purpose.
13767
13768 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
13769 Python logging framework.
13770
13771 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
13772 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
13773 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
13774 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
13775 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
13776 time intervals.
13777
13778 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
13779 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
13780 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
13781
13782 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
13783 right-away on the selected coredump.
13784
13785 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
13786 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
13787 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
13788
13789 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
13790 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
13791 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
13792 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
13793
13794 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
13795 default.
13796
13797 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
13798 SMACK security label.
13799
13800 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
13801 daylight saving change.
13802
13803 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
13804 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
13805 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
13806 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
13807 distributions who still need support this to either continue
13808 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
13809 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
13810
13811 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
13812 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
13813 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
13814 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
13815 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
13816 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
13817 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
13818
13819 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
13820 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
13821
13822 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
13823 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
13824 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
13825 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
13826 offline updating tools.
13827
13828 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
13829 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
13830 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
13831 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
13832 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
13833 directories for packages to place various data files in.
13834
13835 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
13836 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
13837
13838 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
13839 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
13840 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
13841 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
13842 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
13843 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
13844 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
13845 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
13846 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13847
13848 CHANGES WITH 195:
13849
13850 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
13851 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
13852 units via --unit=/-u.
13853
13854 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
13855 right thing.
13856
13857 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
13858 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
13859 rotation.
13860
13861 * The journal will now index the available field values for
13862 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
13863 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
13864 completion of journalctl has been updated
13865 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
13866 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
13867
13868 * More service events are now written as structured messages
13869 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
13870
13871 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
13872 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
13873 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
13874 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
13875 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
13876 these settings from the command line now, especially since
13877 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
13878 completion.
13879
13880 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
13881 extract coredumps from the journal.
13882
13883 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
13884 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
13885 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
13886 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
13887 scratch their heads.
13888
13889 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
13890 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
13891
13892 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
13893 in immediate termination of systemd.
13894
13895 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
13896 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
13897
13898 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
13899 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
13900 mouse screen support has been added.
13901
13902 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
13903 Server-Sent-Events as output.
13904
13905 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
13906 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
13907 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
13908 "systemctl reload".
13909
13910 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
13911 -u" instead.
13912
13913 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
13914 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
13915 configured.
13916
13917 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
13918 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
13919
13920 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
13921 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
13922 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
13923 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
13924 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
13925 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
13926 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
13927
13928 CHANGES WITH 194:
13929
13930 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
13931 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
13932 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
13933 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
13934 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
13935 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
13936 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
13937 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
13938 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
13939 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
13940 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
13941 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
13942
13943 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
13944 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
13945 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13946
13947 CHANGES WITH 193:
13948
13949 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
13950 starting from the specified location in the journal.
13951
13952 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
13953 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
13954 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
13955
13956 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
13957 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
13958 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
13959 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
13960 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
13961 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
13962 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
13963
13964 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
13965 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
13966
13967 This will download the journal contents in a
13968 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
13969
13970 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
13971
13972 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
13973 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
13974 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
13975 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
13976 screenshot of this app in its current state:
13977
13978 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
13979
13980 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
13981 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
13982
13983 CHANGES WITH 192:
13984
13985 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
13986 too.
13987
13988 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
13989 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
13990 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
13991 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
13992 just start them.
13993
13994 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
13995 and line break accordingly.
13996
13997 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
13998 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
13999
14000 CHANGES WITH 191:
14001
14002 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
14003 container environment, copying the host's timezone
14004 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
14005 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
14006 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
14007
14008 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
14009 will default to 10 if omitted.
14010
14011 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
14012 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
14013 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
14014 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
14015 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
14016
14017 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
14018 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
14019 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
14020 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
14021 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
14022 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
14023 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
14024
14025 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
14026 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
14027 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
14028 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
14029 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
14030 into two.
14031
14032 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
14033 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
14034
14035 CHANGES WITH 190:
14036
14037 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
14038 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
14039 "systemctl status".
14040
14041 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
14042 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
14043 system to another place in the same file system could not be
14044 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
14045 field.)
14046
14047 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
14048 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
14049 default.
14050
14051 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
14052 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
14053 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
14054 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
14055 in a container.
14056
14057 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
14058 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
14059 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
14060 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
14061 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
14062 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
14063
14064 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
14065 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
14066 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
14067 no-op.
14068
14069 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
14070 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
14071 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
14072 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
14073 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
14074
14075 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
14076 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
14077
14078 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
14079 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
14080 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
14081 command.
14082
14083 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
14084 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
14085 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
14086
14087 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
14088
14089 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
14090 multiple files at once.
14091
14092 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
14093 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
14094 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
14095 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
14096 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
14097 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
14098 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
14099
14100 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
14101 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
14102 now support specifiers as well.
14103
14104 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
14105 dir: %_presetdir.
14106
14107 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
14108 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
14109
14110 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
14111 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
14112 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
14113 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
14114 anymore.
14115
14116 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
14117 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
14118 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
14119 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
14120
14121 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
14122 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
14123 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
14124
14125 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
14126 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
14127 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
14128 sockets.
14129
14130 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
14131 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
14132 is changed.
14133
14134 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
14135 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
14136 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
14137 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
14138 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
14139 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
14140 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
14141
14142 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch …
14143
14144 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
14145 the unit file label and client process label into account.
14146
14147 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
14148 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
14149
14150 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
14151 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
14152 (%b).
14153
14154 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
14155 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
14156 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14157 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
14158 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
14159 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
14160 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14161
14162 CHANGES WITH 189:
14163
14164 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
14165 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
14166
14167 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
14168 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
14169 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
14170 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
14171 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
14172 syslog daemons again.
14173
14174 * The libudev API gained the new
14175 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
14176
14177 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
14178 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
14179 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
14180 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
14181
14182 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
14183 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
14184 container.
14185
14186 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
14187 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
14188 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
14189 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
14190 this explaining it in more detail.
14191
14192 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
14193 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
14194 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
14195 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
14196
14197 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
14198 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
14199 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
14200 journal files.
14201
14202 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
14203 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
14204 as container init process a lot more fun.
14205
14206 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
14207 entries.
14208
14209 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
14210 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
14211 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
14212 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
14213 different sets of services.
14214
14215 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
14216 failure state.
14217
14218 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
14219 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
14220 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14221
14222 CHANGES WITH 188:
14223
14224 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
14225 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
14226 tree a lot more organized.
14227
14228 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
14229 may be used to group services in a natural way.
14230
14231 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
14232 services.
14233
14234 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
14235 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
14236 filtering by log level now.
14237
14238 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
14239 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
14240 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
14241
14242 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
14243 command lines involving service unit names.
14244
14245 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
14246 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
14247
14248 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
14249 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
14250 and encodes structured information about the error number.
14251
14252 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
14253 option.
14254
14255 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
14256 a shutdown is cancelled.
14257
14258 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
14259 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
14260 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
14261 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
14262 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
14263
14264 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
14265 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
14266 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
14267 for display managers instead.
14268
14269 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
14270 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
14271 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
14272 protection, and suchlike.
14273
14274 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
14275 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
14276 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
14277 the service.
14278
14279 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
14280 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
14281 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
14282 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
14283 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
14284 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14285
14286 CHANGES WITH 187:
14287
14288 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
14289 pages.
14290
14291 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
14292 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
14293 data loss.
14294
14295 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
14296 option.
14297
14298 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
14299
14300 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
14301 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
14302
14303 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
14304 specific directory.
14305
14306 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
14307 messages of two different boots.
14308
14309 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
14310 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
14311 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
14312
14313 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
14314 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
14315 disjunctions.
14316
14317 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
14318 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
14319 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
14320
14321 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
14322 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
14323 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
14324
14325 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
14326 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
14327 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
14328 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
14329 speed things up a bit.
14330
14331 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
14332 header data of journal files.
14333
14334 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services which may
14335 be used to apply deny lists or allow lists to system calls. This is
14336 based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
14337
14338 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
14339 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
14340 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
14341 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
14342
14343 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
14344
14345 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
14346 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
14347 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
14348 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
14349
14350 CHANGES WITH 186:
14351
14352 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
14353 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
14354 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
14355 prefixed with rd.
14356
14357 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
14358 automatically generated at boot. Use:
14359
14360 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
14361
14362 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
14363
14364 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
14365
14366 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
14367 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
14368 as well.
14369
14370 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
14371 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
14372 in all appropriate directories automatically.
14373
14374 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
14375 does the right thing. Example:
14376
14377 udevadm info /dev/sda
14378 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
14379
14380 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
14381 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
14382 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
14383 running.
14384
14385 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
14386 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
14387
14388 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
14389 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
14390
14391 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
14392 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
14393 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
14394 files.
14395
14396 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
14397 be stopped that is not loaded.
14398
14399 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
14400
14401 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
14402
14403 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
14404 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
14405 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
14406 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
14407
14408 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
14409 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
14410 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
14411 completed initialization.
14412
14413 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
14414
14415 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
14416 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
14417 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
14418 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
14419 distributions.
14420
14421 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
14422 always valid when services log to the journal via
14423 STDOUT/STDERR.
14424
14425 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
14426 command line options we understand.
14427
14428 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
14429 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
14430
14431 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
14432 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
14433
14434 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
14435 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
14436 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
14437 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
14438
14439 systemctl status /home
14440 systemctl status /dev/sda
14441
14442 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
14443 system.conf parsing.
14444
14445 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
14446 Manager object.
14447
14448 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
14449
14450 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
14451
14452 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
14453 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
14454 complete.
14455
14456 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
14457 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
14458 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
14459 systemd-fsck@.service.
14460
14461 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
14462 Manager object.
14463
14464 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
14465 work sensibly.
14466
14467 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
14468 we actually understand.
14469
14470 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
14471 additional capabilities to the container.
14472
14473 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
14474 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
14475 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
14476
14477 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
14478 the current boot only.
14479
14480 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
14481 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
14482
14483 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
14484 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
14485 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
14486 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
14487 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
14488
14489 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
14490
14491 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
14492 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
14493 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
14494 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
14495
14496 CHANGES WITH 185:
14497
14498 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
14499 available.
14500
14501 * Several new man pages have been added.
14502
14503 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
14504 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
14505 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
14506 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
14507
14508 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
14509 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
14510
14511 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
14512 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
14513 Matthias Clasen
14514
14515 CHANGES WITH 184:
14516
14517 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
14518 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
14519
14520 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
14521 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
14522 daemon.
14523
14524 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
14525 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
14526
14527 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
14528 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
14529 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
14530 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
14531
14532 CHANGES WITH 183:
14533
14534 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
14535 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
14536 and systemd's most recent version number.
14537
14538 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
14539 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
14540 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
14541 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
14542 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
14543 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
14544
14545 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
14546 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
14547 subsystems.
14548
14549 * udev: RUN+="socket:…" and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
14550 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
14551 used to subscribe to events.
14552
14553 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
14554 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
14555 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
14556 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
14557 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
14558 forked by udev rules.
14559
14560 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
14561 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
14562 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
14563 it.
14564
14565 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
14566 udev_monitor_from_socket()
14567 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
14568 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
14569 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
14570
14571 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
14572 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
14573
14574 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
14575 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
14576 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
14577 the files to the new names on upgrade.
14578
14579 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
14580 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
14581 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
14582 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
14583 to be used as drop-in files.
14584
14585 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
14586 particular suspending and hibernating.
14587
14588 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
14589 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
14590 about this in more detail.
14591
14592 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
14593 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
14594 places). Distributions which have not converted these
14595 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
14596 from git history and add them downstream.
14597
14598 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
14599 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
14600 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
14601 units.
14602
14603 * All smaller setup units (such as
14604 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
14605 are run in a container and are skipped when
14606 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
14607 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
14608
14609 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
14610 integrated, for details see:
14611 https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd.offline-updates.html
14612
14613 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
14614 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
14615 messages.
14616
14617 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
14618 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
14619 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
14620 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
14621 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
14622
14623 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
14624 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
14625 for all units started by PID 1.
14626
14627 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
14628 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
14629 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
14630
14631 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
14632 of PID 1 anymore.
14633
14634 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
14635 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
14636 have not been read by systemd yet.
14637
14638 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
14639 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
14640 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
14641 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
14642 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
14643 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
14644
14645 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
14646 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
14647
14648 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
14649
14650 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
14651 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
14652 so sexy.
14653
14654 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
14655 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
14656 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
14657 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
14658 patterns.
14659
14660 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
14661 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
14662 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
14663 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
14664
14665 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
14666 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
14667
14668 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
14669 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
14670 in systemd now.
14671
14672 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
14673 ID on the command line.
14674
14675 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
14676 for an init system.
14677
14678 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
14679 vt100.
14680
14681 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
14682
14683 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
14684 components now have directories of their own.
14685
14686 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
14687
14688 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
14689 container in other hierarchies.
14690
14691 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
14692 system.conf.
14693
14694 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
14695
14696 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
14697 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
14698
14699 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
14700 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
14701
14702 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
14703 locally generated journal files.
14704
14705 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
14706
14707 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
14708
14709 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
14710 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
14711 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
14712 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
14713 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
14714 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
14715 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
14716 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
14717 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
14718 Gundersen
14719
14720 CHANGES WITH 44:
14721
14722 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14723
14724 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
14725 KVM or container configured UUID.
14726
14727 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
14728
14729 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
14730
14731 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
14732 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
14733
14734 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
14735
14736 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
14737 folks
14738
14739 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
14740 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
14741 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
14742
14743 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
14744 configuration
14745
14746 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
14747 free fashion
14748
14749 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
14750 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
14751 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
14752 automatically generated data.
14753
14754 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
14755 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
14756 however.
14757
14758 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
14759 tarball.
14760
14761 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
14762 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
14763 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
14764 Reding
14765
14766 CHANGES WITH 43:
14767
14768 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14769
14770 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
14771
14772 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
14773
14774 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
14775 normal user logins.
14776
14777 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
14778 Biebl
14779
14780 CHANGES WITH 42:
14781
14782 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
14783
14784 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
14785 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
14786 xsltproc.
14787
14788 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
14789 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
14790 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
14791
14792 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
14793 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
14794 reboot can automatically be triggered.
14795
14796 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
14797
14798 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
14799 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
14800 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
14801
14802 CHANGES WITH 41:
14803
14804 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
14805 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
14806 package update.
14807
14808 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
14809 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
14810 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
14811
14812 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
14813 complete.
14814
14815 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
14816 understood to set system wide environment variables
14817 dynamically at boot.
14818
14819 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
14820
14821 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
14822 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
14823 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
14824 files.
14825
14826 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14827 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
14828 William Douglas
14829
14830 CHANGES WITH 40:
14831
14832 * This is mostly a bugfix release
14833
14834 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
14835 "Result" D-Bus property.
14836
14837 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
14838 the next few releases.)
14839
14840 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
14841 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
14842 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
14843 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
14844
14845 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
14846 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
14847 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
14848
14849 CHANGES WITH 39:
14850
14851 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
14852 bugfixes.
14853
14854 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
14855 resource usage.
14856
14857 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
14858 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
14859 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
14860 journals by the respective users.
14861
14862 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
14863 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
14864 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
14865
14866 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
14867 client for all entries.
14868
14869 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
14870
14871 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
14872 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
14873
14874 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
14875 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
14876 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
14877 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
14878
14879 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
14880 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
14881 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
14882
14883 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
14884 journal along with meta data.
14885
14886 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
14887 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
14888 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
14889
14890 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
14891 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
14892 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
14893
14894 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
14895
14896 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
14897 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
14898 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
14899 or fsck.
14900
14901 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
14902 requested with new -k switch.
14903
14904 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
14905 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
14906
14907 CHANGES WITH 38:
14908
14909 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
14910 bugfixes.
14911
14912 * The git repository moved to:
14913 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
14914 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
14915
14916 * First release with the journal
14917 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
14918
14919 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
14920 systemd-stdout-bridge.
14921
14922 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
14923
14924 * Many systemadm clean-ups
14925
14926 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
14927 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
14928 remote mounts.
14929
14930 * Added Mageia support
14931
14932 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
14933
14934 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
14935 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
14936 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
14937 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
14938 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
14939
14940 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
14941 of existing distributions.
14942
14943 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
14944 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
14945
14946 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
14947 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
14948 boot.
14949
14950 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
14951
14952 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
14953 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
14954 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
14955 among other things.
14956
14957 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
14958 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
14959
14960 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
14961
14962 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
14963 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
14964 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
14965
14966 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
14967 restored.
14968
14969 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
14970 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
14971 kmod
14972
14973 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
14974 of /usr/local by default.
14975
14976 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
14977 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
14978 in:
14979 https://systemd.io/ROOT_STORAGE_DAEMONS/
14980
14981 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
14982 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
14983 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
14984 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
14985 supported anyway, and bad style).
14986
14987 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
14988 reloading of units together.
14989
14990 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
14991 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
14992 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
14993 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
14994 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek